{"title":"Computer certification Books","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"exam-ref-az304-microsoft-azure-architect-design-9780137268894","title":"Exam Ref AZ304 Microsoft Azure Architect Design","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eASHISH AGRAWAL is a qualified technocrat, offering two decades of multifaceted experience as a technology leader, trusted advisor, and Enterprise Cloud Architect (Infra, Apps, Data, and Security). He drives a profound influence in the cloud technology landscape with provocative thought leadership and communicates his ideas with clarity and passion. Ashish has delivered numerous successful cloud engagements for global fortune 500 companies in cloud advisory, consulting, architecture, leadership, and delivery execution roles throughout his career and is considered an Azure subject matter expert since 2010. He is a change leader with transforming teams' experience to adopt and innovate best practices leading to critical customer impacting results.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAVINASH BHAVSAR is a Microsoft certified Azure Professional with about 18 years of hands-on experience in all facets of cloud computing, such as discovery, assessment, cloud foundation build, datacenter transformation, cloud-native app\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Design monitoring\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2. Design identity and security\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3. Design data storage\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4. Design business continuity\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5. Design infrastructure\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732341371223,"sku":"9780137268894","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"exam-ref-sc200-microsoft-security-operations-analyst-9780137568352","title":"Exam Ref SC200 Microsoft Security Operations","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"margin:\" calibri sans-serif font-size:=\"\" font-family:=\"\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eYuri Diogenes\u003c\/b\u003e, MsC is a Master of science in cybersecurity intelligence and forensics investigation (UTICA College), and a Principal Program Manager in the Microsoft CxE ASC Team, where he primarily helps customers onboard and deploy Azure Security Center and Azure Defender as part of their security operations\/incident response. Yuri has been working for Microsoft since 2006 in different positions. He spent five years as senior support escalation engineer on the CSS Forefront Edge Team, and from 2011 to 2017, he worked on the content development team, where he also helped create the Azure Security Center content experience since its GA launch in 2016. Yuri has published a total of 26 books, mostly covering information security and Microsoft technologies. Yuri also holds an MBA and many IT\/Security industry certifications, such as CISSP, ECND, ECEH, ECSA, ECHFI, CompTIA Security+, CySA+, Clou\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Mitigate Threats Using Microsoft 365 Defender     \u003cbr\u003e    2. Mitigate Threats Using Microsoft Defender for Cloud    \u003cbr\u003e    3. Mitigate Threats Using Microsoft Sentinel \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732341993815,"sku":"9780137568352","price":30.59,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780137568352.jpg?v=1719996488"},{"product_id":"exam-ref-ms700-managing-microsoft-teams-9780137578726","title":"Exam Ref MS700 Managing Microsoft Teams","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eED FISHER is a Principal Technical Specialist at Microsoft, currently covering Microsoft Teams. He's been with Microsoft for over 10 years, in various roles, all covering some aspect of Microsoft 365. A former bean counter, in 1997 he figured out that IT is way more interesting than balance sheets and has been a self-professed geek ever since. You can reach out at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/aka.ms\/edfisher\"\u003ehttps:\/\/aka.ms\/edfisher\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Plan and configure a Microsoft Teams environment\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2. Manage chat, calling, and meetings\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3. Manage Teams and app policies\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732342255959,"sku":"9780137578726","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"vcpdcv-for-vsphere-8-x-cert-guide-9780138169886","title":"VCPDCV for vSphere 8.x Cert Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJohn A. Davis\u003c\/strong\u003e, now an independent contractor and senior integration architect at MEJEER, LLC, became a VMware Certified Instructor (VCI) and VMware Certified Professional (VCP) in 2004. Since then, all of his work has focused on Vmwarebased technologies. He has experience in teaching official VMware curriculum in five countries and delivering VMware professional services throughout the United States. Recently, his work has involved designing and implementing solutions for hybrid clouds, cloud automation, disaster recovery, and virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI). He has authored several white papers and co-authored \u003cem\u003eVCP-DCV for vSphere 7.x Cert Guide, VCP6-DCV Cert Guide, and VCAP5-DCA Cert Guide \u003c\/em\u003e(VMware Press). He holds several advanced certifications, including VCAP-DCV 2021, VCP-NV 202, and VCP-DTM 2020. He has been a vExpert since 2014. He is the author of the vLoreBlog.com and can be found on Twitter @johnnyadavis.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteve Ba\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntroduction xxvi\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart I: vSphere Architecture, Integration, and Requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 1 vSphere Overview, Components, and Requirements 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evSphere Components and Editions 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evCenter Server Topology 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInfrastructure Requirements 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Requirements 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVMware Cloud vs. VMware Virtualization 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All the Key Topics 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnswer Review Questions 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 2 Storage Infrastructure 31\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStorage Models and Datastore Types 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evSAN Concepts 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evSphere Storage Integration 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStorage Multipathing and Failover 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStorage Policies 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStorage DRS (SDRS) 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All Key Topics 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 3 Network Infrastructure 91\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNetworking Terms and Concepts 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evSphere Standard Switch (vSS) 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evSphere Distributed Switch (vDS) 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evDS Settings and Features 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther vSphere Networking Features 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All Key Topics 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 4 Clusters and High Availability 131\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCluster Concepts and Overview 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDistributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evSphere High Availability (HA) 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Resource Management and Availability Features 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All Key Topics 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 5 vCenter Server Features and Virtual Machines 167\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evCenter Server and vSphere 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVirtual Machine File Structure 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVirtual Machine Snapshots 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVirtual Machine Settings 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVirtual Machine Migration 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVirtual Machine Cloning 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All Key Topics 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 6 VMware Product Integration 205\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evSphere Add-ons 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAria Suite 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesktop and Application Virtualization 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReplication and Disaster Recovery 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrivate, Public, and Hybrid Clouds 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNetworking and Security 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All Key Topics 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 7 vSphere Security 237\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evSphere Certificates 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evSphere Permissions 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eESXi and vCenter Server Security 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evSphere Network Security 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVirtual Machine Security 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAvailable Add-on Security 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All the Key Topics 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart II: vSphere Installation\/Configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 8 vSphere Installation 287\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling ESXi Hosts 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeploying vCenter Server Components 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Single Sign-On (SSO) 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInitial vSphere Configuration 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All the Key Topics 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 9 Configuring and Managing Virtual Networks 331\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evSphere Standard Switches (vSS) 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evSphere Distributed Switches (vDS) 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVMkernel Networking 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Host Networking with vDS 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All the Key Topics 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart III: vSphere Management and Optimization\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 10 Managing and Monitoring Clusters and Resources 365\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating and Configuring a vSphere Cluster 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating and Configuring a vSphere DRS Cluster 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating and Configuring a vSphere HA Cluster 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring and Managing vSphere Resources 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evCenter Server Management 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEvents, Alarms, and Automated Actions 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLogging in vSphere 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All the Key Topics 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 11 Managing Storage 415\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring and Managing vSAN 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Datastores 441\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStorage DRS and SIOC 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eiSCSI, iSER, NVMe, and PMem 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultipathing, Storage Policies, and vVols 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All the Key Topics 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12 Managing vSphere Security 471\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring and Managing Authentication and Authorization 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring and Managing vSphere Certificates 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGeneral ESXi Security Recommendations 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring and Managing ESXi Security 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdditional Security Management 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All the Key Topics 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 13 Managing vSphere and vCenter Server 515\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 518\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003evCenter Server Backup 518\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUpgrading to vSphere 8.0 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing vSphere Lifecycle Manager 532\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging ESXi Hosts 547\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 569\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All the Key Topics 569\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 569\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 570\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 570\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 14 Managing Virtual Machines 573\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e“Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 573\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoundation Topics 576\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating and Configuring Virtual Machines 576\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdvanced Virtual Machine Management 598\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContent Libraries 604\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Preparation Tasks 610\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview All the Key Topics 610\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete Tables and Lists from Memory 610\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefine Key Terms 610\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 611\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 15 Final Preparation 613\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Ready 613\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking the Exam 614\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A Answers to the “Do I Know This Already?” Quizzes and Review\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuestions 617\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlossary 637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOnline Elements:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix B Memory Tables\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix C Memory Table Answers\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix D Study Planner\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9780138169886, TOC, 10\/11\/2023\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732342387031,"sku":"9780138169886","price":41.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780138169886.jpg?v=1719996490"},{"product_id":"cissp-practice-exams-fifth-edition-9781260142679","title":"CISSP Practice Exams Fifth Edition","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:12.0pt;line-height:107%;font-family:\" times new roman\u003e\u003cb\u003ePublisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, \u003cspan style=\"white-space:pre\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eauthenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003co:p\u003e\u003c\/o:p\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cb\u003eDonât Let the Real Test Be Your First Test!\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis fully updated self-study guide offers complete coverage of all eight Certified Information Systems Security Professional exam domains developed by the International Information Systems Security Certification Consortium (ISC)2 . To reinforce important skills and facilitate retention, every question is accompanied by in-depth explanations for both correct and incorrect answers. Designed to help you pass the test with ease, this book is the ideal companion to the bestselling \u003ci\u003eCISSP All-in-One Exam Guide\u003c\/i\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: \u003c\/b\u003eSecurity and Risk Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: \u003c\/b\u003eAsset Security\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: \u003c\/b\u003eSecurity Engineering\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: \u003c\/b\u003eCommunication and Network Security\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: \u003c\/b\u003eIdentity and Access Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6: \u003c\/b\u003eSecurity Assessment and Testing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7: \u003c\/b\u003eSecurity Operations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8: \u003c\/b\u003eSoftware Development Security\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738476491095,"sku":"9781260142679","price":24.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781260142679.jpg?v=1723812077"},{"product_id":"exam-ref-70-347-enabling-office-365-services-9781509304783","title":"Exam Ref 70-347 Enabling Office 365 Services","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrepare for Microsoft Exam 70-347--and help demonstrate your real-world mastery of the skills needed to help securely and efficiently provide Microsoft Office 365 services in any environment.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for experienced IT pros ready to advance their status, \u003ci\u003eExam Ref\u003c\/i\u003e focuses on the critical-thinking and decision-making acumen needed for success at the MCSA level.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eFocus on the expertise measured by these objectives:\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManage clients and end-user devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvision Microsoft SharePoint Online site collections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfigure Microsoft Exchange Online and Skype for Business for end users\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlan for Exchange Online and Skype for Business\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThis Microsoft \u003ci\u003eExam Ref\u003c\/i\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganizes its coverage by exam objectives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatures strategic, what-if scenarios to challenge you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides exam preparation tips written by a top trainer, consultant, and sysadmin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssumes you have experience with the Office 365 Admin Center and an understanding of Exchange Online, Skype for Business, SharePoint Online, Office 365 ProPlus, and Microsoft Azure Active Directory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 1:Manage clients and end-user devices\u003cbr\u003e• Manage user-driven client deployments\u003cbr\u003e• Manage IT deployments of Office 365 ProPlus\u003cbr\u003e• Set up telemetry and reporting\u003cbr\u003e• Plan for Office clients\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 2: Provision SharePoint Online site collections\u003cbr\u003e• Configure external user sharing\u003cbr\u003e• Create SharePoint site collection\u003cbr\u003e• Plan a collaboration solution\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 3:Configure Exchange Online and Skype Online for end users\u003cbr\u003e• Configure additional e-mail addresses for users\u003cbr\u003e• Create and manage external contacts, resources and groups\u003cbr\u003e• Configure personal archive policies\u003cbr\u003e• Configure Skype for Business Online end-user communication settings\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 4:Plan for Exchange Online and Skype for Business Online\u003cbr\u003e• Manage anti-malware and anti-spam policies\u003cbr\u003e• Recommend a mailbox migration strategy\u003cbr\u003e• Plan for Exchange Online\u003cbr\u003e• Manage Skype for Business\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Microsoft Press,U.S.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48739833938263,"sku":"9781509304783","price":28.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781509304783.jpg?v=1720053254"},{"product_id":"exam-ref-70-533-implementing-microsoft-azure-infrastructure-solutions-9781509306480","title":"Exam Ref 70-533 Implementing Microsoft Azure","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePrepare for the newest versions of Microsoft Exam 70-533\u003c\/b\u003e–and help demonstrate your real-world mastery of implementing Microsoft Azure Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS). Designed for experienced IT professionals ready to advance their status, Exam Ref focuses on the critical thinking and decision-making acumen needed for success at the MCSA level. \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFocus on the expertise measured by these objectives:\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign and implement Azure App Service Apps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreate and manage compute resources, and implement containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign and implement a storage strategy, including storage encryption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImplement virtual networks, including new techniques for hybrid connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign and deploy ARM Templates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManage Azure security and Recovery Services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManage Azure operations, including automation and data analysis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManage identities with Azure AD Connect Health, Azure AD Domain Services, and Azure AD single sign on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis Microsoft Exam Ref: \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganizes its coverage by exam objectives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatures strategic, what-if scenarios to challenge you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssumes you are an IT professional with experience implementing and monitoring cloud and hybrid solutions and\/or supporting application lifecycle management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis book covers the 533 objectives as of December 2017. If there are updates for this book, you will find them at https:\/\/aka.ms\/examref5332E\/errata.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAbout the Exam\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam 70-533 focuses on skills and knowledge for provisioning and managing services in Microsoft Azure, including: implementing infrastructure components such as virtual networks, virtual machines, containers, web and mobile apps, and storage; planning and managing Azure AD, and configuring Azure AD integration with on-premises Active Directory domains.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAbout Microsoft Certification \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePassing this exam helps qualify you for MCSA: Cloud Platform Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate certification, demonstrating your expertise in applying Microsoft cloud technologies to reduce costs and deliver value. To earn this certification, you must also pass any one of the following exams: 70-532 Developing Microsoft Azure Solutions, or 70-534 Architecting Microsoft Azure Solutions, or 70-535, Architecting Microsoft Azure Solutions, or 70-537: Configuring and Operating a Hybrid Cloud with Microsoft Azure Stack.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eDesign and implement Azure App Service Web Apps \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 1.1: Deploy web apps \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 1.2: Configure web apps \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 1.3: Configure diagnostics, monitoring, and analytics \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 1.4: Configure web apps for scale and resilience  \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eCreate and manage Compute Resources \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 2.1: Deploy workloads on Azure Resource Manager (ARM) virtual machines (VMs) \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 2.2: Perform configuration management \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 2.3: Design and implement VM Storage \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 2.4: Monitor ARM VMs \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 2.5: Manage ARM VM availability \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 2.6 Scale ARM VMs \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 2.7 Manage containers with Azure Container Services (ACS) \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eDesign and implement a storage strategy \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 3.1: Implement Azure Storage blobs and files \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 3.2: Manage access \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 3.3: Configure diagnostics, monitoring, and analytics \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 3.4: Implement storage encryption \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eImplement Virtual Networks \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 4.1: Configure Virtual Networks \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 4.2: Design and implement multi-site or hybrid network connectivity \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 4.3: Configure ARM VM Networking \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 4.4: Design and implement a communication strategy \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eDesign and deploy ARM templates \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 5.1: Implement ARM templates \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 5.2: Control access  \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 5.3: Design role-based access control (RBAC) \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 Manage Azure Security and Recovery Services \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 6.1: Manage data protection and security compliance \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 6.2: Implement recovery services \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eManage Azure Operations \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 7.1: Enhance cloud management with automation  \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 7.2: Collect and analyze data generated by resources in cloud and on-premises environments \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eManage Azure Identities \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 8.1: Monitor On-Premises Identity Infrastructure and Synchronization Services with Azure AD Connect Health \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 8.2: Manage Domains with Active Directory Domain Services \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 8.3: Integrate with Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkill 8.4: Implement Azure AD B2C and Azure AD B2B \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Microsoft Press,U.S.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48739834102103,"sku":"9781509306480","price":31.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781509306480.jpg?v=1720053254"},{"product_id":"implementing-cisco-ip-routing-route-foundation-learning-guide-ccnp-route-300-101-9781587204562","title":"Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eNow updated for Cisco’s new ROUTE 300-101 exam, Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide is your Cisco® authorized learning tool for CCNP® or CCDP® preparation. Part of the Cisco Press Foundation Learning Series, it teaches you how to plan, configure, maintain, and scale a modern routed network.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFocusing on Cisco routers connected in LANs and WANs at medium-to-large network sites, the authors show how to select and implement Cisco IOS services for building scalable, routed networks. They examine basic network and routing protocol principles in detail; introduce both IPv4 and IPv6; fully review EIGRP, OSPF, and BGP; explore enterprise Internet connectivity; cover routing updates and path control; and present today’s router security best practices.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEach chapter opens with a list of topics that clearly identifies its focus. Each chapter ends with a summary of key concepts for quick study, as well as review questions to assess and reinforce your understanding. Throughout, configuration and verification output examples illustrate critical issues in network operation and troubleshooting.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis guide is ideal for all certification candidates who want to master all the topics covered on the ROUTE 300-101 exam.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Serves as the official book for the newest version of the Cisco Networking Academy CCNP ROUTE course\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Includes all the content from the newest Learning@Cisco ROUTE course and information on each of the ROUTE exam topics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Compares basic routing protocol features and limitations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Examines RIPv2 and RIPng\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Covers EIGRP operation and implementation for both IPv4 and IPv6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Explores OSPFv2 implementation, and OSPFv3 for both IPv4 and IPv6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Discusses network performance optimization via routing updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Introduces path control with Cisco Express Forwarding (CEF) switching, policy-based routing (PBR), and service level agreements (SLAs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Addresses enterprise Internet connectivity via single or redundant ISP connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Explains BGP terminology, concepts, operation, configuration, verification, and troubleshooting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Covers securing the management plane of Cisco routers using authentication and other recommended practices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Presents self-assessment review questions, chapter objectives, and summaries to facilitate effective studying\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction xxv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1 Basic Network and Routing Concepts 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDifferentiating Routing Protocols 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnterprise Network Infrastructure 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRole of Dynamic Routing Protocols 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing a of Dynamic Routing Protocols 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIGP versus EGP 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTypes of Routing Protocols 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConvergence 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRoute Summarization 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRoute Protocol Scalability 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Network Technologies 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTraffic Types 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIPv6 Address Types 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eICMPv6 Neighbor Discovery 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNetwork Types 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNBMA Networks 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRouting Over the Internet 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting Remote Locations with Headquarters 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrinciples of Static Routing 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring an IPv4 Static Route 20\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring a Static Default Route 22\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Basic PPP Overview 23\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e PPP Authentication Overview 23\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e PPPoE 26\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Basic Frame Relay Overview 28\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e VPN Connectivity Overview 31\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e MPLS-based VPNs 31\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Tunneling VPNs 32\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Hybrid VPNs 32\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRouting Across MPLS VPNs 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRouting Over GRE Tunnel 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDynamic Multipoint Virtual Private Network 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultipoint GRE 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNHRP 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIPsec 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRouting and TCP\/IP Operations 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMSS, Fragmentation, and PMTUD 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIPv4 Fragmentation and PMTUD 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBandwidth Delay Product 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTCP Starvation 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLatency 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eICMP Redirect 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImplementing RIPng 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRIP Overview 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRIPv2 Overview 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring RIPng 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Basic RIPng Configuration 47\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Propagating a Default Route 50\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInvestigating the RIPng Database 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2 EIGRP Implementation 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstablishing EIGRP Neighbor Relationships 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEIGRP Features 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEIGRP Features 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEIGRP Operation Overview 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring and Verifying Basic EIGRP for IPv4 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManipulating EIGRP Timers 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEIGRP Neighbor Relationship over Frame Relay 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstablishing EIGRP over Layer 3 MPLS VPN 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstablishing EIGRP over Layer 2 MPLS VPN 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuilding the EIGRP Topology Table 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuilding and Examining the EIGRP Topology Table 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Choosing the Best Path 80\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExchange of Routing Knowledge in EIGRP 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEIGRP Metric 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEIGRP Metric Calculation 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e EIGRP Wide Metrics 90\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEIGRP Metric Calculation Example 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEIGRP Metric Calculation Example 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEIGRP Path Calculation Example 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOptimizing EIGRP Behavior 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEIGRP Queries 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEIGRP Stub Routers 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring EIGRP Stub Routing 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e EIGRP Stub Options 100\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStuck in Active 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReducing Query Scope by Using Summary Routes 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring EIGRP Summarization 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Determining the Summary Route 116\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Obtaining Default Route 120\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLoad Balancing with EIGRP 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring EIGRP Load Balancing 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e EIGRP Load Balancing 124\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e EIGRP Load Balancing Across Unequal-Metric Paths 126\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring EIGRP for IPv6 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview of EIGRP for IPv6 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring and Verifying EIGRP for IPv6 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e EIGRP for IPv6 Configuration 130\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Determining the IPv6 Summary Route 134\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNamed EIGRP Configuration 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction to Named EIGRP Configuration 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Named EIGRP 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Address Families 139\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e EIGRP for IPv4 Address Family 139\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e EIGRP for IPv6 Address Family 142\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNamed EIGRP Configuration Modes 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClassic Versus Named EIGRP Configuration 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3 OSPF Implementation 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstablishing OSPF Neighbor Relationships 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOSPF Features 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOSPF Operation Overview 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHierarchical Structure of OSPF 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesign Restrictions of OSPF 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOSPF Message Types 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBasic OSPF Configuration 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Optimizing OSPF Adjacency Behavior 170\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Using OSPF Priority in the DR\/BDR Election 174\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e OSPF Behavior in NBMA Hub-and-Spoke Topology 175\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e The Importance of MTU 177\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Manipulating OSPF Timers 179\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOSPF Neighbor Relationship over Point-to-Point Links 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOSPF Neighbor Relationship over Layer 3 MPLS VPN 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOSPF Neighbor Relationship over Layer 2 MPLS VPN 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOSPF Neighbor States 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOSPF Network Types 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Passive Interfaces 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuilding the Link-State Database 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOSPF LSA Types 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExamining the OSPF Link-State Database 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e OSPF Link-State Database 190\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e OSPF Type 2 Network LSA 196\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e OSPF Type 3 Summary LSA 197\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e OSPF Type 4 ASBR Summary LSA 199\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e OSPF Type 5 External LSA 201\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePeriodic OSPF Database Changes 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExchanging and Synchronizing LSDBs 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSynchronizing the LSDB on Multiaccess Networks 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRunning the SPF Algorithm 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring OSPF Path Selection 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e OSPF Path Selection 208\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e OSPF Best Path Calculation 210\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Default OSPF Costs 211\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCalculating the Cost of Intra-Area Routes 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCalculating the Cost of Interarea Routes 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelecting Between Intra-Area and Interarea Routes 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOptimizing OSPF Behavior 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOSPF Route Summarization 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBenefits of Route Summarization 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring OSPF Route Summarization 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummarization on ABRs 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummarization on ASBRs 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOSPF Virtual Links 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring OSPF Virtual Links 227\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring OSPF Stub Areas 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e OSPF Stub Areas 230\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e OSPF Totally Stubby Areas 234\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCost of the Default Route in a Stub Area 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe default-information originate Command 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Stubby Area Types 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOSPFv3 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring OSPFv3 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Implementing OSPFv3 241\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e OSPFv3 for IPv4 and IPv6 246\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Advanced OSPFv3 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOSPFv3 Caveats 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4 Manipulating Routing Updates 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Multiple IP Routing Protocols on a Network 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy Run Multiple Routing Protocols? 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRunning Multiple Routing Protocols 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Administrative Distance 269\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultiple Routing Protocols Solutions 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImplementing Route Redistribution 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining Route Redistribution 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanning to Redistribute Routes 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRedistributing Routes 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSeed Metrics 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Default Seed Metrics 273\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring and Verifying Basic Redistribution in IPv4 and IPv6 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Redistributing OSPFv2 Routes into the EIGRP Routing Domain 276\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Redistributing OSPFv3 Routes into the EIGRP for IPv6 Routing Domain 279\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Redistributing EIGRP Routes into the OSPFv2 Routing Domain 281\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Redistributing EIGRP for IPv6 Routes into the OSPFv3 Routing Domain 285\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTypes of Redistribution Techniques 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e One-Point Redistribution 287\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Multipoint Redistribution 288\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Redistribution Problems 289\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Preventing Routing Loops in a Redistribution Environment 291\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Verifying Redistribution Operation 292\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Routing Update Traffic 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy Filter Routes? 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRoute Filtering Methods 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Distribute Lists 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring Distribute Lists 294\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Distribute List and ACL Example 295\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Prefix Lists 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Prefix List Characteristics 297\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring Prefix Lists 298\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Distribute List and Prefix List Example 299\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Prefix List Examples 300\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Verifying Prefix Lists 301\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Manipulating Redistribution Using ACLs, Prefix Lists, and Distribute Lists 302\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Route Maps 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Understanding Route Maps 305\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Route Map Applications 305\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring Route Maps 306\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Route Map Match and Set Statements 308\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Route Redistribution Using Route Maps 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Using Route Maps with Redistribution 310\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Manipulating Redistribution Using Route Maps 311\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Mutual Redistribution without Route Filtering 312\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Mutual Redistribution with Route Maps 313\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Change Administrative Distance to Enable Optimal Routing 315\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManipulating Redistribution Using Route Tagging 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCaveats of Redistribution 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5 Path Control Implementation 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Cisco Express Forwarding Switching 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControl and Data Plane 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCisco Switching Mechanisms 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcess and Fast Switching 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCisco Express Forwarding 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnalyzing Cisco Express Forwarding 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Verify the Content of the CEF Tables 335\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Enable and Disable CEF by Interface and Globally 341\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Path Control 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Need for Path Control 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImplementing Path Control Using Policy-Based Routing 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e PBR Features 344\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Steps for Configuring PBR 345\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring PBR 346\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Verifying PBR 348\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring PBR Example 348\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImplementing Path Control Using Cisco IOS IP SLAs 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e PBR and IP SLA 354\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e IP SLA Features 354\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Steps for Configuring IP SLAs 356\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Verifying Path Control Using IOS IP SLAs 360\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring IP SLA Example 361\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring PBR and IP SLA Example 364\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6 Enterprise Internet Connectivity 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanning Enterprise Internet Connectivity 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting Enterprise Networks to an ISP 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Enterprise Connectivity Requirements 374\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e ISP Redundancy 375\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePublic IP Address Assignment 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e The Internet Assigned Numbers Authority 376\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Regional Internet Registries 377\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Public IP Address Space 377\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutonomous System Numbers 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstablishing Single-Homed IPv4 Internet Connectivity 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring a Provider-Assigned IPv4 Address 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDHCP Operation 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eObtaining a Provider-Assigned IPv4 Address with DHCP 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring a Router as a DHCP Server and DHCP Relay Agent 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNAT 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring Static NAT 388\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring Dynamic NAT 389\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring PAT 390\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Limitations of NAT 392\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNAT Virtual Interface 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring NAT Virtual Interface 393\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Verifying NAT Virtual Interface 396\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstablishing Single-Homed IPv6 Internet Connectivity 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eObtaining a Provider-Assigned IPv6 Address 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Manual Assignment 399\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring Basic IPv6 Internet Connectivity 399\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Stateless Address Autoconfiguration 401\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e DHCPv6 Operation 402\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Stateless DCHPv6 403\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Stateful DHCPv6 404\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e DHCPv6 Prefix Delegation 405\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNAT for IPv6 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e NAT64 405\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e NPTv6 405\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIPv6 ACLs 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e IPv6 ACL Characteristics 406\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring IPv6 ACLs 406\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSecuring IPv6 Internet Connectivity 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImproving Internet Connectivity Resilience 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDrawbacks of a Single-Homed Internet Connectivity 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDual-Homed Internet Connectivity 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Dual-Homed Connectivity Options 411\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring Best Path for Dual-Homed Internet Connectivity 411\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultihomed Internet Connectivity 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7 BGP Implementation 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBGP Terminology, Concepts, and Operation 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBGP Use Between Autonomous Systems 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComparison with Other Scalable Routing Protocols 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBGP Path Vector Characteristics 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBGP Characteristics 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBGP Tables 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBGP Message Types 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Open and Keepalive Messages 431\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Update Messages 433\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Notification Messages 433\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhen to Use BGP 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhen Not to Use BGP 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImplementing Basic BGP 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBGP Neighbor Relationships 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e External BGP Neighbors 436\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Internal BGP Neighbors 437\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e iBGP on All Routers in a Transit Path 438\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBasic BGP Configuration Requirements 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEntering BGP Configuration Mode 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining BGP Neighbors and Activating BGP Sessions 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBasic BGP Configuration and Verification 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring and Verifying an eBGP Session 445\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Configuring and Verifying an iBGP Session 449\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Advertising Networks in BGP and Verifying That They Are Propagated 450\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Using the Next-Hop-Self Feature 457\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Understanding and Troubleshooting BGP Neighbor States 458\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e BGP Session Resilience 460\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Sourcing BGP from Loopback Address 461\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e eBGP Multihop 463\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Resetting BGP Sessions 464\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBGP Attributes and the Path-Selection Process 467\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740551655767,"sku":"9781587204562","price":52.72,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781587204562.jpg?v=1723812310"},{"product_id":"istqb-r-certified-tester-foundation-level-a-self-study-guide-syllabus-v4-0-9783031427664","title":"ISTQB® Certified Tester Foundation Level: A","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book is aimed at everyone preparing for the ISTQB® Certified Tester – Foundation Level exam based on the Foundation Level syllabus (version 4.0) published in 2023. It provides candidates with reliable knowledge based on this document and thus distinguishes itself from all the information about ISTQB® syllabi and exams on the Internet, which is often of rather poor quality and may even contain serious errors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe book expands and details many issues that are described in the new 2023 version of the syllabus in a perfunctory or general way only. According to the ISTQB® guidelines for syllabus-based training, an exercise must be provided for each learning objective at the K3 level, and a practical example must be provided for each objective at the K2 or K3 level. In order to satisfy these requirements, the authors prepared numerous exercises and examples for all learning objectives at these levels. In addition, for each learning objective, one or more sample exam questions are presented which are similar to those that the candidate will see in the exam. This makes the book an excellent aid for studying and preparing for the exam and verifying acquired knowledge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePart I: Certification, Syllabus and Foundation Level Exam.- Foundation Level Certificate.- Foundation Level Syllabus.- Foundation Level Exam.- Part II:  The Syllabus Content.- 1. Fundamentals of Testing.- 2. Testing Throughout the Software Development Lifecycle.- 3. Static Testing.- 4. Test Analysis and Design.- 5. Managing the Test Activities.- 6. Test Tools.- Part III: Answers to Questions and Exercises.- Answers to Sample Questions. Solutions to Exercises.- Part IV: Official Sample Exam.- Exam Set A.- Additional Sample Questions.- Exam Set A – Answers.- Additional Sample Questions – Answers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743086326103,"sku":"9783031427664","price":52.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"itil-das-taschenbuch-volume-3-9789087531041","title":"ITIL - Das Taschenbuch: Volume 3","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Van Haren Publishing BV","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743234797911,"sku":"9789087531041","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"ccnp-security-cisco-secure-firewall-and-intrusion-prevention-system-official-cert-guide-9780136589709","title":"CCNP Security Cisco Secure Firewall and Intrusion","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNazmul Rajib\u003c\/strong\u003e is a senior product marketing manager of Cisco Systems, Inc. He leads Cisco's global initiatives on cybersecurity enablement, focusing on the firewall and intrusion prevention technologies. As a senior member of the Security Business Group (SBG), Nazmul regularly advises Cisco on security product roadmaps, content strategies, and technical communications. He develops training programs for the Global Security Sales Organization (GSSO) and worldwide channel partners. Nazmul also worked as a technical marketing engineer in the product management organization, where he was responsible for validating security designs, researching best practices, publishing white papers, and presenting new security capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrior to joining Cisco's core business group, Nazmul served as a senior information security consultant in the Cisco advanced services organization. With more than a decade of experience, Nazmul assisted many Fortune 500 companies, gove\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48864173752663,"sku":"9780136589709","price":48.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780136589709.jpg?v=1722270736"},{"product_id":"ccnp-and-ccie-enterprise-core-encor-350401-exam-cram-9780136891932","title":"CCNP and CCIE Enterprise Core ENCOR 350401 Exam","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e  \u003cb\u003eDonald Bacha\u003c\/b\u003e is a systems engineer with a health research organization. He's the technical lead responsible for the design and implementation of networking, compute, virtualization, storage, and disaster recovery systems. Over the past 18 years, Donald has supported cloud services provider, enterprise, and data center environments by contributing to complex routing and switching, data center, storage, and virtualization projects in both greenfield and brownfield deployments. His certifications include CCNP Enterprise, CCNP Data Center, and VCAP-DCV. He holds a master's of business administration. Donald can be found at www.allthingsvirtual.net and on Twitter at @donald_bacha. \u003c\/div\u003e \u003cdiv\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48864174408023,"sku":"9780136891932","price":35.23,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780136891932.jpg?v=1722270740"},{"product_id":"comptia-advanced-security-practitioner-casp-cas004-cert-guide-9780137348954","title":"CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner CASP","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTroy McMillan, \u003c\/strong\u003eCASP, is a product developer and technical editor for CyberVista as well as a full-time trainer. He became a professional trainer more than 20 years ago, teaching Cisco, Microsoft, CompTIA, and wireless classes. His recent work includes\u003c\/p\u003e* Author of \u003cem\u003eCompTIA CySA+ CS0-002 Cert Guide\u003c\/em\u003e (Pearson IT Certification) \u003cbr\u003e* Author of \u003cem\u003eCompTIA A+ Complete Review Guide\u003c\/em\u003e (Sybex) \u003cbr\u003e* Author of \u003cem\u003eCompTIA Server + Study Guide\u003c\/em\u003e (Sybex) \u003cbr\u003e* Contributing subject matter expert for \u003cem\u003eCCNA Cisco Certified Network Associate Certification Exam Preparation Guide\u003c\/em\u003e (Kaplan) \u003cbr\u003e* Prep test question writer for \u003cem\u003eNetwork+ Study Guide\u003c\/em\u003e (Sybex) \u003cbr\u003e* Technical editor for \u003cem\u003eWindows 7 Study Guide\u003c\/em\u003e (Sybex) \u003cbr\u003e* Contributing author for \u003cem\u003eCCNA-Wireless Study Guide\u003c\/em\u003e (Sybex) \u003cbr\u003e* Technical editor for \u003cem\u003eCCNA Study Guide, Revision 7\u003c\/em\u003e (Sybex) \u003cbr\u003e* Author of \u003cem\u003eVCP VMware Certified Professional on vSphere 4 Review Guide: Exam VCP-4\u003c\/em\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48864174834007,"sku":"9780137348954","price":42.13,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780137348954.jpg?v=1722270742"},{"product_id":"exam-ref-sc300-microsoft-identity-and-access-administrator-9780137886524","title":"Exam Ref SC300 Microsoft Identity and Access","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eRAZI RAIS has over two decades of experience designing and developing highly scalable and secure enterprise software and cloud services. He has been working at Microsoft for over ten years, serving in various roles such as software engineer, architect, and product manager. His current focus at Microsoft is on helping businesses strengthen their cybersecurity posture by protecting workloads at scale against the most sophisticated cyberattacks. Razi is also the lead author of several books, including Zero Trust Networks, 2nd Edition by O'Reilly Media and Programming Microsoft's Clouds: Windows Azure and Office 365 by Wrox Press. He is also a member of the IEEE Computer Society, ACM, SANS advisory board, as well as a frequent speaker at international conferences and an instructor who provides security-related training all over the world. You can get in touch with him via LinkedIn at linkedin.com\/in\/razirais or through his website, razibinrais.com. His GitHub profile is github.com\/razi-\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 1 Implement identities in Azure AD\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2 Implement an authentication and access management solution\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3 Implement Access Management for Apps\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4 Plan and implement an Identity Governance strategy\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48864176636247,"sku":"9780137886524","price":27.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780137886524.jpg?v=1722270750"},{"product_id":"ccnp-enterprise-design-ensld-300420-official-cert-guide-9780138247263","title":"CCNP Enterprise Design ENSLD 300420 Official Cert","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnthony Bruno\u003c\/strong\u003e, CCIE No. 2738, is an enterprise architect with British Telecom (BT) with more than 30 years of experience in the internetworking field. Previously, he worked for International Network Services (INS) and Lucent Technologies, and he was a captain in the U.S. Air Force. He has consulted for many enterprise and service provider customers in the design, implementation, and optimization of large-scale networks. Anthony leads architecture and design teams in building next-generation networks for customers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnthony completed a master of science degree in electrical engineering at the University of MissouriRolla in 1994 and a bachelor of science in electrical engineering at the University of Puerto RicoMayaguez in 1990. For the past 23 years, he has coauthored \u003cem\u003eCCNP Enterprise Design ENSLD 300-420 Official Cert Guide: Designing Cisco Enterprise Networks\u003c\/em\u003e and five editions of the \u003cem\u003eCCDA Official Cert Guide\u003c\/em\u003e for Cisco Press.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOutside wo\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction xxxi\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 1\u003c\/strong\u003e Internet Protocol Version 4 (IPv4) Design 2\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 2\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 4\u003cbr\u003e IPv4 Header 5\u003cbr\u003e ToS 7\u003cbr\u003e IPv4 Fragmentation 10\u003cbr\u003e IPv4 Addressing 11\u003cbr\u003e IPv4 Address Classes 12\u003cbr\u003e Class A Addresses 12\u003cbr\u003e Class B Addresses 13\u003cbr\u003e Class C Addresses 13\u003cbr\u003e Class D Addresses 13\u003cbr\u003e Class E Addresses 13\u003cbr\u003e IPv4 Address Types 13\u003cbr\u003e IPv4 Private Addresses 14\u003cbr\u003e NAT 14\u003cbr\u003e IPv4 Address Subnets 17\u003cbr\u003e Mask Nomenclature 17\u003cbr\u003e IP Address Subnet Design Example 18\u003cbr\u003e Determining the Network Portion of an IP Address 19\u003cbr\u003e Variable-Length Subnet Masking 19\u003cbr\u003e VLSM Address Assignment: Example 1 20\u003cbr\u003e Loopback Addresses 21\u003cbr\u003e IP Telephony Networks 22\u003cbr\u003e VLSM Address Assignment: Example 2 22\u003cbr\u003e IPv4 Addressing Design 24\u003cbr\u003e Goals of IPv4 Address Design 24\u003cbr\u003e Planning for Future Use of IPv4 Addresses 24\u003cbr\u003e Performing Route Summarization 24\u003cbr\u003e Planning for a Hierarchical IP Address Network 25\u003cbr\u003e Private and Public IP Address and NAT Guidelines 26\u003cbr\u003e Steps for Creating an IPv4 Address Plan 27\u003cbr\u003e Case Study: IP Address Subnet Allocation 28\u003cbr\u003e Address Assignment and Name Resolution 29\u003cbr\u003e Recommended Practices of IP Address Assignment 30\u003cbr\u003e BOOTP 30\u003cbr\u003e DHCP 30\u003cbr\u003e DNS 32\u003cbr\u003e ARP 34\u003cbr\u003e References and Recommended Readings 35\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 37\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 2\u003c\/strong\u003e Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6) Design 44\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 44\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 47\u003cbr\u003e Introduction to IPv6 47\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Header 48\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Address Representation 50\u003cbr\u003e IPv4-Mapped IPv6 Addresses 51\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Prefix Representation 51\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Address Scope Types and Address Allocations 52\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Address Allocations 52\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Unicast Addresses 53\u003cbr\u003e Global Unicast Addresses 53\u003cbr\u003e Link-Local Addresses 54\u003cbr\u003e Unique Local IPv6 Address 54\u003cbr\u003e Global Aggregatable IPv6 Address 55\u003cbr\u003e IPv4-Compatible IPv6 Addresses 55\u003cbr\u003e IPv4-Mapped IPv6 Addresses 55\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Anycast Addresses 55\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Multicast Addresses 56\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Mechanisms 58\u003cbr\u003e ICMPv6 58\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Protocol 59\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Name Resolution 60\u003cbr\u003e Path MTU Discovery 61\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Address-Assignment Strategies 61\u003cbr\u003e Manual Configuration 61\u003cbr\u003e SLAAC of Link-Local Address 61\u003cbr\u003e SLAAC of Globally Unique IPv6 Address 62\u003cbr\u003e DHCPv6 63\u003cbr\u003e DHCPv6 Lite 63\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Security 63\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Routing Protocols 64\u003cbr\u003e RIPng 64\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP for IPv6 64\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv3 64\u003cbr\u003e IS-IS for IPv6 64\u003cbr\u003e BGP4 Multiprotocol Extensions (MP-BGP) for IPv6 65\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Addressing Design 65\u003cbr\u003e Planning for Addressing with IPv6 65\u003cbr\u003e Route Summarization with IPv6 65\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Private Addressing 66\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 for the Enterprise 66\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Address Allocation 66\u003cbr\u003e Partly Linked IPv4 Address into IPv6 67\u003cbr\u003e Whole IPv4 Address Linked to IPv6 67\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Addresses Allocated per Location and\/or Type 67\u003cbr\u003e IPv4-to-IPv6 Migration Strategies and Deployment Models 68\u003cbr\u003e Dual-Stack Migration Strategy 68\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 over IPv4 Tunneling Strategy 69\u003cbr\u003e Manual Configured Tunnels and GRE Tunnels 69\u003cbr\u003e Automatic Tunnel Mechanisms 69\u003cbr\u003e 6to4 Tunnels 69\u003cbr\u003e 6RD Tunnels 70\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 ISATAP Tunnels 70\u003cbr\u003e IPv6\/IPv4 Translation Strategy 71\u003cbr\u003e DNS64 71\u003cbr\u003e NAT64 71\u003cbr\u003e Stateless NAT64 71\u003cbr\u003e Stateful NAT64 71\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Deployment Models 73\u003cbr\u003e Dual-Stack Model 73\u003cbr\u003e Hybrid Model 74\u003cbr\u003e Service Block Model 75\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Deployment Model Comparison 76\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Comparison with IPv4 76\u003cbr\u003e References and Recommended Readings 77\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 80\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 3\u003c\/strong\u003e Routing Protocol Characteristics, EIGRP, and IS-IS 90\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 90\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 92\u003cbr\u003e Routing Protocol Characteristics 92\u003cbr\u003e Static Versus Dynamic Route Assignment 93\u003cbr\u003e Interior Versus Exterior Routing Protocols 94\u003cbr\u003e Distance-Vector Routing Protocols 95\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP 96\u003cbr\u003e Link-State Routing Protocols 96\u003cbr\u003e Distance-Vector Routing Protocols Versus Link-State Protocols 96\u003cbr\u003e Hierarchical Versus Flat Routing Protocols 97\u003cbr\u003e Classless Versus Classful Routing Protocols 97\u003cbr\u003e IPv4 Versus IPv6 Routing Protocols 98\u003cbr\u003e Administrative Distance 99\u003cbr\u003e Routing Protocol Metrics and Loop Prevention 100\u003cbr\u003e Hop Count 100\u003cbr\u003e Bandwidth 101\u003cbr\u003e Cost 101\u003cbr\u003e Load 102\u003cbr\u003e Delay 103\u003cbr\u003e Reliability 103\u003cbr\u003e Maximum Transmission Unit 103\u003cbr\u003e Routing Loop-Prevention Schemes 104\u003cbr\u003e Split Horizon 104\u003cbr\u003e Poison Reverse 104\u003cbr\u003e Counting to Infinity 105\u003cbr\u003e Triggered Updates 105\u003cbr\u003e Summarization 105\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP 105\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP Components 106\u003cbr\u003e Protocol-Dependent Modules 106\u003cbr\u003e Neighbor Discovery and Recovery 106\u003cbr\u003e RTP 107\u003cbr\u003e DUAL 107\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP Timers 109\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP Metrics 109\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP Packet Types 110\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP Design 111\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP Scaling Techniques 111\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP Stub Routers 112\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP Variance Command 113\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP for IPv4 Summary 113\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP for IPv6 (EIGRPv6) Networks 114\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP for IPv6 Design 114\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP in the Data Center 115\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP for IPv6 Summary 115\u003cbr\u003e IS-IS 116\u003cbr\u003e IS-IS Metrics 116\u003cbr\u003e IS-IS Operation and Design 117\u003cbr\u003e IS-IS NET Addressing 117\u003cbr\u003e IS-IS DRs 117\u003cbr\u003e IS-IS Interface Types 117\u003cbr\u003e IS-IS Area Design 118\u003cbr\u003e IS-IS Authentication 119\u003cbr\u003e IS-IS for IPv6 120\u003cbr\u003e IS-IS Summary 121\u003cbr\u003e References and Recommended Readings 121\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 122\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 4\u003c\/strong\u003e OSPF, BGP, and Route Manipulation 132\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 132\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 134\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv2 134\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv2 Metric 135\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv2 Adjacencies and Hello Timers 135\u003cbr\u003e OSPF Message Types 136\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv2 Areas 137\u003cbr\u003e OSPF Area Design Considerations 137\u003cbr\u003e OSPF Router Types 138\u003cbr\u003e OSPF DRs 140\u003cbr\u003e LSA Types 140\u003cbr\u003e Autonomous System External Path Types 141\u003cbr\u003e OSPF Stub Area Types 142\u003cbr\u003e Stub Areas 142\u003cbr\u003e Totally Stubby Areas 142\u003cbr\u003e NSSAs 143\u003cbr\u003e Virtual Links 143\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv2 Router Authentication 143\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv2 Summary 144\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv3 144\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv3 Changes from OSPFv2 145\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv3 Areas and Router Types 145\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv3 LSAs 146\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv3 Summary 148\u003cbr\u003e BGP 148\u003cbr\u003e BGP Neighbors 149\u003cbr\u003e eBGP 149\u003cbr\u003e iBGP 150\u003cbr\u003e Route Reflectors 151\u003cbr\u003e Confederations 152\u003cbr\u003e BGP Administrative Distance 154\u003cbr\u003e BGP Attributes, Weight, and the BGP Decision Process 154\u003cbr\u003e BGP Path Attributes 154\u003cbr\u003e Next-Hop Attribute 154\u003cbr\u003e Local Preference Attribute 154\u003cbr\u003e Origin Attribute 155\u003cbr\u003e Autonomous System Path (AS_Path) Attribute 155\u003cbr\u003e MED Attribute 156\u003cbr\u003e Community Attribute 157\u003cbr\u003e Atomic Aggregate and Aggregator Attributes 157\u003cbr\u003e Weight Attribute 157\u003cbr\u003e BGP Decision Process 158\u003cbr\u003e eBGP Multihop 161\u003cbr\u003e BGP Multipath 161\u003cbr\u003e BGP Summary 161\u003cbr\u003e Route Manipulation 161\u003cbr\u003e PBR 162\u003cbr\u003e Route Summarization 162\u003cbr\u003e Route Redistribution 164\u003cbr\u003e Default Metric 167\u003cbr\u003e OSPF Redistribution 167\u003cbr\u003e Route Filtering 167\u003cbr\u003e Transit Traffic 168\u003cbr\u003e Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) 168\u003cbr\u003e Graceful Restart and Non-Stop Routing 169\u003cbr\u003e Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) 169\u003cbr\u003e References and Recommended Readings 169\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 170\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 5\u003c\/strong\u003e IP Multicast and Network Management 180\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 180\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 182\u003cbr\u003e IP Multicast Review 182\u003cbr\u003e Multicast Addresses 182\u003cbr\u003e Layer 3 to Layer 2 Mapping 183\u003cbr\u003e IGMP 184\u003cbr\u003e IGMPv1 184\u003cbr\u003e IGMPv2 184\u003cbr\u003e IGMPv3 185\u003cbr\u003e CGMP 185\u003cbr\u003e IGMP Snooping 186\u003cbr\u003e Sparse Versus Dense Multicast 186\u003cbr\u003e Multicast Source and Shared Trees 187\u003cbr\u003e PIM 187\u003cbr\u003e PIM-SM 187\u003cbr\u003e PIM DR 188\u003cbr\u003e Auto-RP 188\u003cbr\u003e BIDIR-PIM 188\u003cbr\u003e PIM-SSM 189\u003cbr\u003e MSDP 189\u003cbr\u003e Summary of Multicast Protocols 189\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Multicast Addresses 190\u003cbr\u003e Network Management Design 190\u003cbr\u003e SNMP 191\u003cbr\u003e SNMP Components 191\u003cbr\u003e Network Management Design Considerations 192\u003cbr\u003e In-Band Versus Out-of-Band Network Management 192\u003cbr\u003e Network Management Traffic Prioritization 192\u003cbr\u003e MIB 192\u003cbr\u003e SNMP Versions 194\u003cbr\u003e SNMPv1 194\u003cbr\u003e SNMPv2 194\u003cbr\u003e SNMPv3 195\u003cbr\u003e Other Network Management Technologies 196\u003cbr\u003e RMON 196\u003cbr\u003e RMON2 197\u003cbr\u003e NetFlow 197\u003cbr\u003e NetFlow Compared to RMON and SNMP 200\u003cbr\u003e CDP 201\u003cbr\u003e LLDP 202\u003cbr\u003e Syslog 202\u003cbr\u003e References and Recommended Readings 203\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 205\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 6\u003c\/strong\u003e Enterprise LAN Design and Technologies 214\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 214\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 216\u003cbr\u003e Hierarchical Network Models 216\u003cbr\u003e Benefits of the Hierarchical Model 216\u003cbr\u003e Hierarchical Network Design 217\u003cbr\u003e Core Layer 218\u003cbr\u003e Distribution Layer 218\u003cbr\u003e Access Layer 219\u003cbr\u003e Hierarchical Model Examples 221\u003cbr\u003e VSS 222\u003cbr\u003e Hub-and-Spoke Design 222\u003cbr\u003e Collapsed Core Design 223\u003cbr\u003e Building Triangles and Redundant Links 224\u003cbr\u003e Local Versus End-to-End VLAN Design Models 225\u003cbr\u003e LAN Media 225\u003cbr\u003e Ethernet Design Rules 226\u003cbr\u003e 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet Design Rules 226\u003cbr\u003e Gigabit Ethernet Design Rules 227\u003cbr\u003e 1000BASE-LX Long-Wavelength Gigabit Ethernet 228\u003cbr\u003e 1000BASE-SX Short-Wavelength Gigabit Ethernet 228\u003cbr\u003e 1000BASE-CX Gigabit Ethernet over Coaxial Cable 228\u003cbr\u003e 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet over UTP 228\u003cbr\u003e 10 Gigabit Ethernet Design Rules 229\u003cbr\u003e 10 Gigabit Ethernet Media Types 229\u003cbr\u003e EtherChannel 230\u003cbr\u003e Port Aggregation Considerations 231\u003cbr\u003e Comparison of Campus Media 231\u003cbr\u003e Power over Ethernet (PoE) 232\u003cbr\u003e Spanning Tree Protocol and Layer 2 Security Design Considerations 232\u003cbr\u003e Spanning Tree Protocol Metrics 233\u003cbr\u003e PVST+ 234\u003cbr\u003e Rapid PVST+ 234\u003cbr\u003e Alignment of Spanning Tree Protocol with FHRP 234\u003cbr\u003e MST 234\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Spanning Tree Protocol Toolkit 235\u003cbr\u003e PortFast 235\u003cbr\u003e UplinkFast 235\u003cbr\u003e BackboneFast 235\u003cbr\u003e Loop Guard 236\u003cbr\u003e Root Guard 236\u003cbr\u003e BPDU Guard 236\u003cbr\u003e BPDU Filter 236\u003cbr\u003e Unidirectional Link Detection (UDLD) Protocol 237\u003cbr\u003e Layer 2 Security 238\u003cbr\u003e References and Recommended Readings 239\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 240\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 7\u003c\/strong\u003e Advanced Enterprise Campus Design 250\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 250\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 251\u003cbr\u003e Campus LAN Design and Best Practices 252\u003cbr\u003e Network Requirements for Applications 252\u003cbr\u003e Best Practices for Hierarchical Layers 253\u003cbr\u003e Access Layer Best Practices 253\u003cbr\u003e Distribution Layer Best Practices 257\u003cbr\u003e Core Layer Best Practices 258\u003cbr\u003e Campus Layer Best Practices 258\u003cbr\u003e VTP Considerations 260\u003cbr\u003e High Availability Network Services 260\u003cbr\u003e Redundancy Models 260\u003cbr\u003e First-Hop Redundancy for LAN High Availability 261\u003cbr\u003e Server Redundancy 264\u003cbr\u003e Route Redundancy 264\u003cbr\u003e Link Media Redundancy 266\u003cbr\u003e Redundancy Models Summary 267\u003cbr\u003e Large-Building LANs 267\u003cbr\u003e Enterprise Campus LANs 268\u003cbr\u003e Small and Medium Campus Design Options 270\u003cbr\u003e Campus LAN QoS Considerations 270\u003cbr\u003e References and Recommended Readings 272\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 272\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 8\u003c\/strong\u003e WAN for the Enterprise 280\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 280\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 282\u003cbr\u003e WAN Overview 282\u003cbr\u003e WAN Defined 282\u003cbr\u003e WAN Edge Module 284\u003cbr\u003e Enterprise Edge Modules 284\u003cbr\u003e WAN Transport Technologies 285\u003cbr\u003e Layer 2 VPN 286\u003cbr\u003e MPLS Layer 3 VPN 286\u003cbr\u003e Metro Ethernet 287\u003cbr\u003e SONET\/SDH 287\u003cbr\u003e Dense Wavelength-Division Multiplexing 289\u003cbr\u003e Dark Fiber 289\u003cbr\u003e Wireless: 4G\/5G 289\u003cbr\u003e SD-WAN Customer Edge 291\u003cbr\u003e WAN Link Categories 292\u003cbr\u003e Ordering WAN Technology 293\u003cbr\u003e WAN Connectivity Options Summary 293\u003cbr\u003e Site-to-Site VPN Design 294\u003cbr\u003e VPN Benefits 294\u003cbr\u003e IPsec 296\u003cbr\u003e IPsec Direct Encapsulation 296\u003cbr\u003e DMVPN 297\u003cbr\u003e Service Provider VPNs: Layer 2 Versus Layer 3 298\u003cbr\u003e Virtual Private Wire Services 299\u003cbr\u003e VPWS Layer 2 VPN Considerations 299\u003cbr\u003e Virtual Private LAN Service 299\u003cbr\u003e VPLS Layer 2 VPN Considerations 300\u003cbr\u003e MPLS Layer 3 VPNs 300\u003cbr\u003e MPLS Layer 3 Design Overview 300\u003cbr\u003e MPLS Layer 3 VPN Considerations 301\u003cbr\u003e Generic Routing Encapsulation 301\u003cbr\u003e GETVPN 301\u003cbr\u003e Cloud-Based Services 301\u003cbr\u003e References and Recommended Readings 302\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 303\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 9\u003c\/strong\u003e WAN Availability and QoS 310\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 310\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 312\u003cbr\u003e WAN Design Methodologies 312\u003cbr\u003e Response Time 314\u003cbr\u003e Throughput 314\u003cbr\u003e Reliability 314\u003cbr\u003e Bandwidth Considerations 314\u003cbr\u003e Design for High Availability 315\u003cbr\u003e Defining Availability 315\u003cbr\u003e Deployment Models 316\u003cbr\u003e Redundancy Options 316\u003cbr\u003e Single-Homed Versus Multi-Homed WANs 317\u003cbr\u003e Single-Homed MPLS WANs 317\u003cbr\u003e Multi-Homed MPLS WANs 318\u003cbr\u003e Hybrid WANs: Layer 3 VPN with Internet Tunnels 318\u003cbr\u003e Internet Connectivity 319\u003cbr\u003e Internet for Remote Sites 320\u003cbr\u003e High Availability for the Internet Edge 321\u003cbr\u003e Backup Connectivity 321\u003cbr\u003e Failover 322\u003cbr\u003e QoS Strategies 322\u003cbr\u003e Best-Effort QoS 323\u003cbr\u003e DiffServ 323\u003cbr\u003e IntServ 324\u003cbr\u003e Designing End-to-End QoS Policies 324\u003cbr\u003e Classification and Marking 324\u003cbr\u003e Shaping 324\u003cbr\u003e Policing 325\u003cbr\u003e Queuing 325\u003cbr\u003e Congestion Management 325\u003cbr\u003e Priority Queuing 326\u003cbr\u003e Custom Queuing 326\u003cbr\u003e Weighted Fair Queuing 326\u003cbr\u003e Class-Based Weighted Fair Queuing 326\u003cbr\u003e Low-Latency Queuing 326\u003cbr\u003e Link Efficiency 327\u003cbr\u003e Window Size 327\u003cbr\u003e References and Recommended Readings 327\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 328\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 10\u003c\/strong\u003e SD-Access Design 334\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 334\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 336\u003cbr\u003e SD-Access Architecture 336\u003cbr\u003e SD-Access Fabric 337\u003cbr\u003e Underlay 337\u003cbr\u003e Overlay 338\u003cbr\u003e Control Plane 339\u003cbr\u003e Data Plane 340\u003cbr\u003e Automation 340\u003cbr\u003e Wireless 341\u003cbr\u003e Security and ISE 343\u003cbr\u003e SD-Access Fabric Design Considerations for Wired and Wireless Access 344\u003cbr\u003e Overlay Design 344\u003cbr\u003e Fabric Design 345\u003cbr\u003e Control Plane Design 345\u003cbr\u003e Border Design 346\u003cbr\u003e Segmentation 346\u003cbr\u003e Virtual Networks 347\u003cbr\u003e Scalability 348\u003cbr\u003e Very Small Site Design Considerations 349\u003cbr\u003e Small Site Design Considerations 349\u003cbr\u003e Medium Site Design Considerations 350\u003cbr\u003e Large Site Design Considerations 350\u003cbr\u003e Over-the-Top 351\u003cbr\u003e Fabric Wireless 351\u003cbr\u003e Multicast 352\u003cbr\u003e References and Recommended Readings 352\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 353\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 11\u003c\/strong\u003e SD-WAN Design 360\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 360\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 361\u003cbr\u003e SD-WAN Architecture 362\u003cbr\u003e Orchestration Plane 363\u003cbr\u003e Management Plane 363\u003cbr\u003e Control Plane 364\u003cbr\u003e Data Plane 364\u003cbr\u003e vEdge Color Attributes 364\u003cbr\u003e Overlay Management Protocol 364\u003cbr\u003e Onboarding and Provisioning 366\u003cbr\u003e Zero Touch Provisioning (ZTP) 366\u003cbr\u003e Onboarding a vEdge Router via Manual Configuration 367\u003cbr\u003e Onboarding Cisco IOS XE SD-WAN Routers 367\u003cbr\u003e SD-WAN Security 367\u003cbr\u003e SD-WAN Design Considerations 368\u003cbr\u003e Control Plane Design 368\u003cbr\u003e Scalability 369\u003cbr\u003e High Availability and Redundancy 369\u003cbr\u003e Site Redundancy 370\u003cbr\u003e Transport Redundancy 370\u003cbr\u003e Network\/Headend Redundancy 370\u003cbr\u003e Controller Redundancy 371\u003cbr\u003e LAN Design 371\u003cbr\u003e vEdge DHCP Server 373\u003cbr\u003e Direct Internet Access (DIA) 373\u003cbr\u003e Security Design 373\u003cbr\u003e VPN Segmentation 373\u003cbr\u003e VPN Topology Design 374\u003cbr\u003e Access Control Lists (ACLs) 375\u003cbr\u003e SD-WAN Migration Strategy 375\u003cbr\u003e QoS in SD-WAN 376\u003cbr\u003e Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) 376\u003cbr\u003e Policies 376\u003cbr\u003e Application-Aware Routing 377\u003cbr\u003e vEdge Interface Queues 377\u003cbr\u003e Multicast over SD-WAN 378\u003cbr\u003e Cisco SD-WAN Cloud OnRamp 379\u003cbr\u003e Benefits of Cisco SD-WAN Cloud OnRamp 379\u003cbr\u003e Cisco SD-WAN Cloud OnRamp Solutions 379\u003cbr\u003e References and Recommended Readings 380\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 381\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12\u003c\/strong\u003e Automation 390\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 390\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 392\u003cbr\u003e Introduction to Network APIs and Protocols 392\u003cbr\u003e Network APIs and Protocol Concepts 393\u003cbr\u003e Evolution of Programmability 393\u003cbr\u003e Data Encoding Formats 394\u003cbr\u003e JSON 394\u003cbr\u003e XML 395\u003cbr\u003e Data Models 395\u003cbr\u003e Model-Driven Programmability Stack 395\u003cbr\u003e REST 396\u003cbr\u003e YANG, NETCONF, and RESTCONF Explored 397\u003cbr\u003e YANG Concepts 397\u003cbr\u003e NETCONF Concepts 399\u003cbr\u003e RESTCONF Concepts 401\u003cbr\u003e NETCONF and RESTCONF Compared 402\u003cbr\u003e IETF, OpenConfig, and Cisco YANG Models 403\u003cbr\u003e IETF 403\u003cbr\u003e OpenConfig 404\u003cbr\u003e Cisco YANG Models 404\u003cbr\u003e Model-Driven Telemetry 404\u003cbr\u003e Streaming Telemetry Data 404\u003cbr\u003e Model-Driven Telemetry Concepts 405\u003cbr\u003e Subscription Explained 406\u003cbr\u003e Periodic Publication 406\u003cbr\u003e On-Change Publication 407\u003cbr\u003e Defining GRPC and GNMI 407\u003cbr\u003e Dial-In Approaches 408\u003cbr\u003e Dial-Out Approaches 408\u003cbr\u003e References and Recommended Readings 409\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 409\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 13\u003c\/strong\u003e Final Preparation 416\u003cbr\u003e Getting Ready 416\u003cbr\u003e Tools for Final Preparation 417\u003cbr\u003e Pearson Cert Practice Test Engine and Questions on the Website 417\u003cbr\u003e Accessing the Pearson Test Prep Software Online 417\u003cbr\u003e Accessing the Pearson Test Prep Software Offline 418\u003cbr\u003e Customizing Your Exams 418\u003cbr\u003e Updating Your Exams 419\u003cbr\u003e Premium Edition 420\u003cbr\u003e Chapter-Ending Review Tools 420\u003cbr\u003e Suggested Plan for Final Review\/Study 420\u003cbr\u003e Summary 420\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 14\u003c\/strong\u003e CCNP Enterprise Design ENSLD 300-420 Official Cert Guide Exam Updates 422\u003cbr\u003e The Purpose of This Chapter 422\u003cbr\u003e About Possible Exam Updates 422\u003cbr\u003e Impact on You and Your Study Plan 423\u003cbr\u003e News About the Next Exam Release 424\u003cbr\u003e Updated Technical Content 424\u003cbr\u003e Appendix A Answers to the “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz Questions Q\u0026amp;A Questions 426\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAppendix B\u003c\/strong\u003e OSI Model, TCP\/IP Architecture, and Numeric Conversion 452\u003cbr\u003e Glossary 466\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOnline Elements\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eAppendix C Memory Tables\u003cbr\u003e Appendix D Memory Tables Answer Key\u003cbr\u003e Appendix E Study Planner\u003cbr\u003e Glossary\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 9780138247263 TOC 12\/6\/2023\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48864178012503,"sku":"9780138247263","price":53.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780138247263.jpg?v=1722270758"},{"product_id":"pmp-project-management-professional-exam-study-guide-2021-exam-update-tenth-edition-9781119658979","title":"PMP Project Management Professional Exam Study","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePrepare for PMP certification exam success with this fully updated and comprehensive study guide This study guide serves as a comprehensive resource for those who plan on taking the Project Management Professional (PMP) certification exam administered by PMI. The book helps you prepare for the exam, and it will continue to serve project managers as an on-the-job reference book.    The PMP Project Management Professional Exam Study Guide, Tenth Edition is fully updated to include recent changes to the exam. New content covers the integral role that Agile and other iterative practices have in project management. Updates also address the pivotal responsibilities of the project manager and the skill sets required for this position. The study guide was written to reflect the Project Management Process and Procedures found in the revisedA Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge -- PMBOK Guide, 6th Edition.    Well-known author and expert Kim Heldman, PMP, helps to prepare you for the exam with in-depth coverage of topics, concepts, and key terms. Learn more about the three main domain areas of people, process, and business environment, plus the predictive, agile, and hybrid approaches to project management.This guide is an effective learning aid that will take your understanding to the next level.    Provides comprehensive material, covering the complete exam outlineLists chapter objectives and offers detailed discussions of these objectivesReflects differences in project management environments and approachesEffectively presents real world scenarios, project application sidebars, and chapter review questions You'll also connect to a beneficial, on-the-go resource: an interactive online learning environment and test bank. This environment includes anassessment test, chapter tests, practice exams, electronic flashcards, and a glossary of key terms. A thorough review is the best prep for a challenging certification exam. So, get ready with this essential PMP study guide.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssessment Test xxix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnswers to Assessment Test xlix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Building the Foundation 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstablishing the Foundation 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProjects vs. Operations 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Characteristics 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is Project Management? 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrograms 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePortfolios 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrganizational Project Management 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Management Offices 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How Projects Come About 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNeeds and Demands and Other Factors That Lead to Project Creation 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkills Every Good Project Manager Needs 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTechnical Project Management Skills 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBusiness Management and Strategic Skills 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommunication Skills 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrganizational and Planning Skills 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConflict Management Skills 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNegotiation and Influencing Skills 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLeadership Skills 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTeam-Building and Motivating Skills 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRole of a Project Manager 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Project Management Process Groups 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDetermining a Project Methodology or Approach 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLife Cycle Categories 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePredictive Life Cycle Methodology 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Methodologies 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHybrid 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Life Cycles 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How This Applies to Your Next Project 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 Assessing Project Needs 49\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploring the Project Management Knowledge Areas 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Integration Management 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Scope Management 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Schedule Management 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Cost Management 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Quality Management 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Resource Management 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Communications Management 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Risk Management 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Procurement Management 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Stakeholder Management 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssessing Project Viability 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Project Selection Methods 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssessing Project Needs and Creating the Project Charter 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnterprise Environmental Factors 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrganizational Process Assets 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTools and Techniques 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFormalizing and Publishing the Project Charter 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePulling the Project Charter Together 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Stakeholders 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Charter Sign-Off 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaintaining Project Artifacts 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Kitchen Heaven Project Case Study 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How This Applies to Your Next Project 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 Delivering Business Value 103\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Organizational Structures 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFunctional Organizations 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject-Oriented Organizations 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMatrix Organizations 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Organizational Structures 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePmo 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePMO in an Agile Environment 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject-Based Organizations 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInfluences of Organizational Structure on Agile Methodologies 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying Stakeholders 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscovering Stakeholders 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStakeholder Analysis 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCategorizing Stakeholders 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStakeholder Register 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStakeholders on an Agile Project 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSix Sigma Adaptive Methodology 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDelivering Business Value 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBusiness Value Network 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssessing Business Value 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDelivering Business Value Incrementally 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExamining Business Value 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSubdividing Project Tasks 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How This Applies to Your Next Project 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Developing the Project Scope 161\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping the Project Management Plan 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Complexity 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData Gathering and Interpersonal Skills 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumenting the Project Management Plan 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumenting the Project Management Plan Using a Predictive Methodology 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlan Scope Management 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlternatives Analysis 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumenting the Scope Management Plan 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumenting the Requirements Management Plan 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCollecting Requirements 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGathering Documents for the Collect Requirements Process 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGathering and Documenting Requirements 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinalizing Requirements 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining Scope 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWriting the Project Scope Statement 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging the Product Backlog 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the Work Breakdown Structure 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDecomposing the Deliverables 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructing the WBS 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBacklog 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinalizing the WBS 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How This Applies to Your Next Project 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 Creating the Project Schedule 229\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the Schedule Management Plan 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining Activities 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the Activity List 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBreaking Down User Stories 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the Sequence Activities Process 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrecedence Diagramming and Leads and Lags 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Management Information System 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Schedule Network Diagrams 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstimating Activity Resources 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow to Estimate Activity Resources 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumenting Resource Requirements 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstimating Resources in an Adaptive Methodology 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstimating Activity Durations 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Calendars and Other Considerations 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstimating Techniques 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDuration Estimates 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstimating Activity Durations Using Adaptive Methodologies 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping the Project Schedule 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGather Documents to Assist in Developing the Schedule 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping the Project Schedule 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Schedule and the Schedule Baseline 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing a Kanban Board and Scrum Board 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScrum Board 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCombining Techniques 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Release Planning 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Process Groups in an Agile Approach 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How This Applies to Your Next Project 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 Developing the Project Budget and Engaging Stakeholders 297\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the Cost Management Plan 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming Plan Cost Management 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the Cost Management Plan 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstimating Costs 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstimating Techniques 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstimating Costs for an Agile Project 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the Cost Estimates 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstablishing the Cost Baseline 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTechniques for Developing the Project Budget 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping the Cost Baseline 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Stakeholders 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnalyzing Stakeholders 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStakeholder Engagement Plan 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMentoring Stakeholders 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngaging Stakeholders in an Adaptive Methodology 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommunicating the Plan 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanning Communications 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDetermining Communication Needs 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumenting the Communications Management Plan 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommunicating on an Agile Team 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Closer Look at Adaptive Methodologies 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Methodologies 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCombining Methodologies 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How This Applies to Your Next Project 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 Identifying Project Risks 359\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Risk 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the Risk Management Plan 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRisk Attitude 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConducting Risk Meetings 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumenting the Risk Management Plan 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying Potential Risks 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData Gathering and Data Analysis Techniques for Identifying Risks 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumenting the Risk Register 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying Risks Using an Agile Approach 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnalyzing Risks Using Qualitative Techniques 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming Qualitative Risk Analysis 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRanking Risks in the Risk Register 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuantifying Risk 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming Quantitative Risk Analysis 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUpdating the Risk Report 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping a Risk Response Plan 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStrategies for Creating Risk Responses 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumenting the Risk Responses Plan 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssessing Risks Using an Agile Approach 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanning for Project Compliance 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How This Applies to Your Next Project 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 Planning and Procuring Resources 423\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcurement Planning 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGathering Documents for the Procurement Management Plan 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSource Selection Criteria 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcurement Management Plan 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcurements in an Agile Environment 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping the Resource Management Plan 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Enterprise Environmental Factors 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Data Representation Techniques for Plan Resource Management 448\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumenting the Resource Management Plan 451\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResources on an Agile Project 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuality Planning 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreparing for Quality 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping the Quality Management Plan 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumenting the Quality Management Plan 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuality Planning for Agile Projects 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Planning Using Agile Methodologies 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBringing It All Together 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing a Life Cycle Methodology 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How This Applies to Your Next Project 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 482\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 Developing the Project Team 491\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDirecting and Managing Project Work 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDirect and Manage Project Work Inputs 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Management Information System 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeliverables and Work Performance Data 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDirecting Project Work on Agile Projects 504\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExecuting Practices for Delivering Project Work 508\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcquiring the Project Team and Project Resources 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Resource Management Plan 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTechniques for Acquiring Resources 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Team Assignments 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping the Project Team 517\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGenerational Diversity 518\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTools and Techniques to Develop the Team 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping Agile Teams 536\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTeam Performance Assessments 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Project Teams 543\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEmotional Intelligence and Other Tools for Managing Teams 543\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLessons Learned Managing Teams 545\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How This Applies to Your Next Project 547\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 548\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 550\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 552\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10 Sharing Information 559\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImplementing Risk Responses 563\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConducting Procurements 563\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEvaluating Proposals 564\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Procurement Agreements 571\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConducting Procurements on Agile Projects 573\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLaying Out Quality Assurance Procedures 574\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Quality with Data and Audits 575\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuality Reports and Test and Evaluation Documents 580\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConducting Quality Assessments on an Agile Project 581\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Project Knowledge 582\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowledge Management 583\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInformation Management 583\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Project Artifacts 583\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Project Information 584\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommunication and Conflict Resolution Skills 585\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Communications and Elements of Communicating 594\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommunicating on Agile Projects 596\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Stakeholder Engagement 597\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eObserving and Conversing 598\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Frameworks 599\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Methodologies or Frameworks 600\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScaling Frameworks 601\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How This Applies to Your Next Project 606\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 607\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 608\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 611\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11 Measuring and Controlling Project Performance 619\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring and Controlling Project Work 624\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForecasting Methods 625\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork Performance Reports 626\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Procurements 627\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcurement Documents and Approved Change Requests 629\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring Vendor Performance 631\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClosing Out Procurements 632\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring Communications 636\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocuments to Help Monitor Communications 637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring Communications with Meetings 637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork Performance Information 639\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming Integrated Change Control 642\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow Change Occurs 643\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChange Control Concerns 644\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguration Control 645\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChange Control System 646\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApproved Change Requests 650\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanges in the Business Environment 651\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring Stakeholder Engagement 654\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Resources 654\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUtilizing Control Quality Techniques 655\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControl Quality Tools and Techniques 656\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVerifying Deliverables 664\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring and Controlling Risk 664\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitor Risks Analysis and Meetings 666\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitor Risks Updates 667\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring Project Management Integrations 668\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How This Applies to Your Next Project 671\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 672\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 674\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 676\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12 Controlling Work Results and Closing Out the Project 683\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Cost Changes 686\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEarned Value Analysis 687\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVariance Analysis 689\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrend Analysis 692\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTo-Complete Performance Index 697\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEarned Value Measures on Agile Projects 700\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring and Controlling Schedule Changes 702\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBurndown and Burnup Charts 703\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerformance Reviews 705\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChanges to the Schedule 706\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eValidating Project Scope 707\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControlling Scope 708\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMeasuring Work Results on Agile Projects 710\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFormulating Project Closeout 713\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCharacteristics of Closing 713\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Endings 714\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClosing Out the Project 717\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdministrative Closure Procedures 718\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRegression Analysis 719\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClose Project or Phase Final Report 719\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClosing Out the Procurements 723\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClosing Out an Agile Project 724\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCelebrate! 725\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReleasing Project Team Members 725\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBalancing Stakeholders’ Interests at Project Close 725\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCompeting Needs 726\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDealing with Issues and Problems 727\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBalancing Constraints 727\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProfessional Responsibility 727\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResponsibility 728\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRespect 731\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFairness 734\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHonesty 737\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRole Delineation Study 739\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Professional Knowledge 739\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Management Knowledge 740\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEducation Providers 740\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndustry Knowledge 740\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How This Applies to Your Next Project 746\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 748\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 750\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 752\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendices 757\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A Answers to Review Questions 759\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1: Building the Foundation 760\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2: Assessing Project Needs 761\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3: Delivering Business Value 763\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4: Developing the Project Scope 765\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5: Creating the Project Schedule 767\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6: Developing the Project Budget and Engaging Stakeholders 768\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7: Identifying Project Risks 770\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8: Planning and Procuring Resources 771\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 9: Developing the Project Team 773\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 10: Sharing Information 775\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 11: Measuring and Controlling Project Performance 776\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 12: Controlling Work Results and Closing Out the Project 778\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix B Process Inputs and Outputs 781\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInitiating Processes 782\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanning Processes 784\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExecuting Processes 807\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring and Controlling Processes 821\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClosing Processes 836\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 839\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866407973207,"sku":"9781119658979","price":46.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119658979.jpg?v=1722278503"},{"product_id":"cism-certified-information-security-manager-study-guide-9781119801931","title":"CISM Certified Information Security Manager Study","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction Assessment Test xxi\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Today’s Information Security Manager 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInformation Security Objectives 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRole of the Information Security Manager 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChief Information Security Officer 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLines of Authority 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrganizing the Security Team 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRoles and Responsibilities 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInformation Security Risks 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe DAD Triad 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIncident Impact 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuilding an Information Security Strategy 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThreat Research 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSWOT Analysis 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGap Analysis 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating SMART Goals 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlignment with Business Strategy 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLeadership Support 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInternal and External Influences 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCybersecurity Responsibilities 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommunication 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAction Plans 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImplementing Security Controls 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSecurity Control Categories 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSecurity Control Types 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData Protection 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 Information Security Governance and Compliance 31\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGovernance 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCorporate Governance 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGovernance, Risk, and Compliance Programs 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInformation Security Governance 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping Business Cases 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThird- Party Relationships 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Policy Documents 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePolicies 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStandards 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcedures 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGuidelines 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExceptions and Compensating Controls 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping Policies 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplying with Laws and Regulations 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdopting Standard Frameworks 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCobit 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNIST Cybersecurity Framework 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNIST Risk Management Framework 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eISO Standards 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBenchmarks and Secure Configuration Guides 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSecurity Control Verification and Quality Control 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 Information Risk Management 63\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnalyzing Risk 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRisk Identification 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRisk Calculation 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRisk Assessment 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRisk Treatment and Response 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRisk Mitigation 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRisk Avoidance 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRisk Transference 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRisk Acceptance 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRisk Analysis 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisaster Recovery Planning 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisaster Types 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBusiness Impact Analysis 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrivacy 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSensitive Information Inventory 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInformation Classification 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData Roles and Responsibilities 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInformation Lifecycle 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrivacy- Enhancing Technologies 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrivacy and Data Breach Notification 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Cybersecurity Threats 91\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 Exploring Cybersecurity Threats 92\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClassifying Cybersecurity Threats 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThreat Actors 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThreat Vectors 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThreat Data and Intelligence 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen Source Intelligence 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProprietary and Closed Source Intelligence 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssessing Threat Intelligence 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThreat Indicator Management and Exchange 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePublic and Private Information Sharing Centers 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConducting Your Own Research 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInformation Security Program Development and Management 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInformation Security Programs 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEstablishing a New Program 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaintaining an Existing Program 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSecurity Awareness and Training 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUser Training 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRole- Based Training 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOngoing Awareness Efforts 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging the Information Security Team 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHiring Team Members 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeveloping the Security Team 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging the Security Budget 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrganizational Budgeting 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFiscal Years 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExpense Types 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBudget Monitoring 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntegrating Security with Other Business Functions 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcurement 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccounting 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHuman Resources 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInformation Technology 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAudit 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 Security Assessment and Testing 145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVulnerability Management 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying Scan Targets 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDetermining Scan Frequency 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring Vulnerability Scans 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScanner Maintenance 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVulnerability Scanning Tools 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReviewing and Interpreting Scan Reports 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eValidating Scan Results 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSecurity Vulnerabilities 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePatch Management 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLegacy Platforms 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWeak Configurations 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eError Messages 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInsecure Protocols 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWeak Encryption 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePenetration Testing 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdopting the Hacker Mindset 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReasons for Penetration Testing 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBenefits of Penetration Testing 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePenetration Test Types 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRules of Engagement 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReconnaissance 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRunning the Test 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCleaning Up 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTraining and Exercises 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 Cybersecurity Technology 181\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEndpoint Security 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMalware Prevention 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEndpoint Detection and Response 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData Loss Prevention 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChange and Configuration Management 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePatch Management 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystem Hardening 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNetwork Security 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNetwork Segmentation 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNetwork Device Security 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNetwork Security Tools 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloud Computing Security 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBenefits of the Cloud 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloud Roles 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloud Service Models 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloud Deployment Models 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShared Responsibility Model 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloud Standards and Guidelines 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloud Security Issues 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloud Security Controls 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCryptography 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGoals of Cryptography 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSymmetric Key Algorithms 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAsymmetric Cryptography 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHash Functions 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDigital Signatures 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDigital Certificates 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCertificate Generation and Destruction 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCode Security 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSoftware Development Life Cycle 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSoftware Development Phases 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSoftware Development Models 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDevSecOps and DevOps 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCode Review 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSoftware Security Testing 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentity and Access Management 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentification, Authentication, and Authorization 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAuthentication Techniques 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAuthentication Errors 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSingle- Sign On and Federation 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProvisioning and Deprovisioning 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccount Monitoring 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 Incident Response 249\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSecurity Incidents 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePhases of Incident Response 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreparation 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDetection and Analysis 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContainment, Eradication, and Recovery 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePost- Incident Activity 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuilding the Incident Response Plan 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePolicy 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcedures and Playbooks 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumenting the Incident Response Plan 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating an Incident Response Team 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIncident Response Providers 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCSIRT Scope of Control 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCoordination and Information Sharing 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInternal Communications 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExternal Communications 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClassifying Incidents 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThreat Classification 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSeverity Classification 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConducting Investigations 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInvestigation Types 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEvidence 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlan Training, Testing, and Evaluation 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery 297\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanning for Business Continuity 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Scope and Planning 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrganizational Review 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBCP Team Selection 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResource Requirements 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLegal and Regulatory Requirements 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBusiness Impact Analysis 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying Priorities 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRisk Identification 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLikelihood Assessment 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImpact Analysis 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResource Prioritization 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContinuity Planning 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStrategy Development 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProvisions and Processes 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlan Approval and Implementation 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlan Approval 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlan Implementation 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTraining and Education 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBCP Documentation 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Nature of Disaster 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNatural Disasters 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHuman- Made Disasters 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystem Resilience, High Availability, and Fault Tolerance 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProtecting Hard Drives 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProtecting Servers 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProtecting Power Sources 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecovery Strategy 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBusiness Unit and Functional Priorities 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCrisis Management 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEmergency Communications 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorkgroup Recovery 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlternate Processing Sites 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDatabase Recovery 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecovery Plan Development 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEmergency Response 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePersonnel and Communications 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssessment 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBackups and Offsite Storage 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUtilities 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLogistics and Supplies 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTraining, Awareness, and Documentation 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTesting and Maintenance 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRead- Through Test 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStructured Walk- Through 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSimulation Test 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eParallel Test 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFull- Interruption Test 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLessons Learned 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaintenance 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix Answers to the Review Questions 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1: Today’s Information Security Manager 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2: Information Security Governance and Compliance 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3: Information Risk Management 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4: Cybersecurity Threats 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5: Information Security Program Development and Management 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6: Security Assessment and Testing 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7: Cybersecurity Technology 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8: Incident Response 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 9: Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery 374\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index 377\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866416820567,"sku":"9781119801931","price":40.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119801931.jpg?v=1722278541"},{"product_id":"isc2-ccsp-certified-cloud-security-professional-official-practice-tests-9781119909408","title":"ISC2 CCSP Certified Cloud Security Professional","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1 Domain 1: Cloud Concepts, Architecture, and Design 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2 Domain 2: Architecture and Design 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3 Domain 3: Cloud Platform and Infrastructure Security 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4 Domain 4: Cloud Application Security 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5 Domain 5: Cloud Security Operations 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6 Domain 6: Legal, Risk, and Compliance 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7 Practice Test 1 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8 Practice Test 2 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix Answers to Review Questions 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1: Domain 1: Cloud Concepts, Architecture, and Design 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2: Domain 2: Architecture and Design 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3: Domain 3: Cloud Platform and Infrastructure Security 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4: Domain 4: Cloud Application Security 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5: Domain 5: Cloud Security Operations 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6: Domain 6: Legal, Risk, and Compliance 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7: Practice Test 1 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8: Practice Test 2 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 273\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866425110871,"sku":"9781119909408","price":27.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119909408.jpg?v=1722278583"},{"product_id":"pmp-project-management-professional-study-guide-fifth-edition-9781259861987","title":"PMP Project Management Professional Study Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cb\u003ePublisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, \u003cspan style=\"white-space:pre\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eauthenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cb\u003eThis fully integrated study resource is completely updated for the PMBOK, Sixth Edition\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv\u003eThis highly effective self-study guide contains all of the information you need to prepare for the latest version of the challenging Project Management Professional exam. Electronic content includes the Total Tester customizable exam engine, worksheets, reference PDFs, and more than an hour of video training from the author.\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv\u003eFully updated for the Sixth Edition of the PMI Project Management Body of Knowledge \u003ci\u003e(PMBOK  Guide), PMP Project Management Professional Study Guide, Fifth Edition\u003c\/i\u003e contains more than 900 accurate practice exam q\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 1\u003c\/b\u003e: Project Initiation\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1\u003c\/b\u003e: Introducting Project Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2\u003c\/b\u003e: Managing Projects in Different Environments\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3\u003c\/b\u003e: Serving as a Project Manager\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 2\u003c\/b\u003e: PMP Exam Essentials: Knowledge Areas\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4\u003c\/b\u003e: Implementing Project Integration Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5\u003c\/b\u003e: Managing the Project Scope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6\u003c\/b\u003e: Introducing Project Time Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7\u003c\/b\u003e: Introducing Project Cost Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8\u003c\/b\u003e: Introducing Project Quality Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9\u003c\/b\u003e: Introducing Project Human Resource Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10\u003c\/b\u003e: Introducing Project Communications Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11\u003c\/b\u003e: Introducing Project Risk Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12\u003c\/b\u003e: Introducing Project Procurement Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13\u003c\/b\u003e: Introducing Project Stakeholder Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14\u003c\/b\u003e: The PMI Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 3\u003c\/b\u003e: Appendices\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eApp A\u003c\/b\u003e: Critical Exam Information\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eGlossary\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866488058199,"sku":"9781259861987","price":31.44,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781259861987.jpg?v=1722278894"},{"product_id":"itf-comptia-it-fundamentals-allinone-exam-guide-second-edition-exam-fc0u61-9781260441871","title":"ITF CompTIA IT Fundamentals AllinOne Exam Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eThis fully updated study guide delivers 100% coverage of every topic on the CompTIA ITF+ IT Fundamentals exam\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eTake the CompTIA ITF+ IT Fundamentals exam with complete confidence using this bestselling and effective self-study system. Written by CompTIA certification and training experts, this authoritative guide explains foundational computer technologies in full detail. Youâll find learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, exam tips, practice exam questions, and in-depth explanations throughout. Designed to help you pass the exam with ease, this definitive volume also serves as an essential on-the-job reference. Also includes a voucher coupon for a 10% discount on your CompTIA exams!\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCovers all exam topics, including:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eâ\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eComputer basics\u003cbr\u003eâ\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSystem hardware\u003cbr\u003eâ\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eI\/O ports and peripherals\u003cbr\u003eâ\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eData storage and sharing\u003cbr\u003eâ\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePC setup and configuration\u003cbr\u003eâ\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 1: \u003c\/b\u003eComputer Basics\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: \u003c\/b\u003eHow People Use Computers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: \u003c\/b\u003eSystem Hardware\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: \u003c\/b\u003eDevice Ports and Peripherals\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: \u003c\/b\u003eData Storage and Sharing\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 2: \u003c\/b\u003eSetting Up and Using Computers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: \u003c\/b\u003eUnderstanding Operating Systems\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6: \u003c\/b\u003eSetting Up and Configuring a PC\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7: \u003c\/b\u003eSetting Up and Configuring a Mobile Device\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8: \u003c\/b\u003eManaging Files\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9: \u003c\/b\u003eUsing and Managing Application Software\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 3: \u003c\/b\u003eNetworking, Security, and Maintenance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10: \u003c\/b\u003eConfiguring Network and Internet Connectivity\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11: \u003c\/b\u003eIT Security Threat Mitigation\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12: \u003c\/b\u003eComputer Maintenance and Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13: \u003c\/b\u003eIT Troubleshooting\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 4: \u003c\/b\u003eDatabase and Software Development\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14: \u003c\/b\u003eUnderstanding Databases\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 15: \u003c\/b\u003eDesigning Software Solution\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 16: \u003c\/b\u003eSoftware Development and Implementation\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART 4: \u003c\/b\u003eAppendices\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A: \u003c\/b\u003eExam Objective Map\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eGlossary\u003c\/b\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866490909015,"sku":"9781260441871","price":31.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781260441871.jpg?v=1722278907"},{"product_id":"cisa-certified-information-systems-auditor-allinone-exam-guide-fourth-edition-9781260458800","title":"CISA Certified Information Systems Auditor","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePublisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, \u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eauthenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eThis up-to-date self-study system delivers complete coverage of every topic on the 2019 version of the CISA exam\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe latest edition of this trusted resource offers complete,up-to-date coverage of all the material included on the latest release of the Certified Information Systems Auditor exam. Written by an IT security and audit expert, \u003ci\u003eCISA Certified Information Systems Auditor All-in-One Exam Guide, Fourth Edition\u003c\/i\u003e covers all five exam domains developed by ISACA\u003csup\u003e \u003c\/sup\u003e. Youâll find learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, exam tips, practice exam questions, and in-depth explanations. Designed to help you pass the CISA exam with ease, this comprehensive guide also serves as an essential on-the-job reference for new and establish\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1:\u003c\/b\u003e Becoming a CISA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2:\u003c\/b\u003e IT Governance and Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3:\u003c\/b\u003e The Audit Process\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4:\u003c\/b\u003e IT Life Cycle Management\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5:\u003c\/b\u003e IT Service Management and Continuity\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6:\u003c\/b\u003e Information Asset Protection\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A:\u003c\/b\u003e Conducting a Professional Audit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix B:\u003c\/b\u003e Popular Methodologies, Frameworks, and Guidance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eGlossary\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866491728215,"sku":"9781260458800","price":37.59,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781260458800.jpg?v=1722278912"},{"product_id":"gcih-giac-certified-incident-handler-allinone-exam-guide-9781260461626","title":"GCIH GIAC Certified Incident Handler AllinOne","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePublisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis self-study guide delivers complete coverage of every topic on the GIAC Certified Incident Handler exam\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrepare for the challenging GIAC Certified Incident Handler exam using the detailed information contained in this effective exam preparation guide. Written by a recognized cybersecurity expert and seasoned author, GCIH GIAC Certified Incident Handler All-in-One Exam Guide clearly explains all of the advanced security incident handling skills covered on the test. Detailed examples and chapter summaries throughout demonstrate real-world threats and aid in retention. You will get online access to 300 practice questions that match those on the live test in style, format, and tone. Designed to help you prepare for the exam, this resource also serves a\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866492088663,"sku":"9781260461626","price":37.59,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781260461626.jpg?v=1722278913"},{"product_id":"rhcsa-red-hat-enterprise-linux-9-certification-study-guide-eighth-edition-exam-ex200-9781260462074","title":"RHCSA Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9 Certification","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTake the latest editions of the challenging RHCSA certification exam with confidence\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive self-study guide clearly explains what you need to knowâand gets you fully preparedâfor the RHCSA certification exam. Written by a pair of Linux certification experts and experienced authors, this new edition has been thoroughly revised for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9 and provides complete coverage of all exam objectives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eRHCSA Red Hat Enterprise Linux 9 Certification Study Guide, Eighth Edition (Exam EX200)\u003c\/i\u003e is an integrated study system based on proven pedagogy. Each chapter includes step-by-step exercises, special âœExam Watchâ and âœOn the Jobâ sidebars, âœTwo-Minute Drills,â self-tests, and hands-on lab questions. The companion website contains searchable glossaries, downloadable virtual machine files, four complete lab-based practice exams (two for each exam), and 50+ lab-based exercises with answers and explanations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFeatures\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866492154199,"sku":"9781260462074","price":35.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781260462074.jpg?v=1722278914"},{"product_id":"crisc-certified-in-risk-and-information-systems-control-allinone-exam-guide-second-edition-9781260473339","title":"CRISC Certified in Risk and Information Systems","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e A fully updated self-study guide for the industry-standard information technology risk certification, CRISC\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eWritten by information security risk experts, this complete self-study system is designed to help you prepare forâand passâISACAâs CRISC certification exam\u003ci\u003e. CRISC Certified in Risk and Information Systems Control All-in-One Exam Guide, Second Edition\u003c\/i\u003e features learning objectives, explanations, exam tips, and hundreds of practice questions. Beyond exam prep, this practical guide serves as an ideal on-the-job reference for risk management and IT security professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovers all exam topics, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIT and cybersecurity governance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnterprise risk management and risk treatment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIT risk assessments and risk analysis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControls and control frameworks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThird-party risk management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRisk metrics, KRIs, KCIs, and KPIs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnterprise architecture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIT operations management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness impact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866493006167,"sku":"9781260473339","price":36.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781260473339.jpg?v=1722278918"},{"product_id":"cipm-certified-information-privacy-manager-allinone-exam-guide-9781260474091","title":"CIPM Certified Information Privacy Manager","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e This self-study guide covers every topic on the Certified Information Privacy Manager exam\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis resource offers complete, up-to-date coverage of all the material included in the current release of the Certified Information Privacy Manager exam. Written by an IT security and privacy expert,\u003ci\u003e CIPM Certified Information Privacy Manager All-in-One Exam Guide\u003c\/i\u003e covers the exam domains and associated job practices developed by IAPP . Youâll find learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, exam tips, practice exam questions, and in-depth explanations. Designed to help you pass the CIPM exam, this comprehensive guide also serves as an essential on-the-job reference for new and established privacy and security professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCOVERS ALL EXAM TOPICS, INCLUDING:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeveloping a Privacy Program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrivacy Program Framework\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrivacy Operational Lifecycle: Assess\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrivacy Operational Lifecycle: Protect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrivacy Operational Li\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1 Developing a Privacy Program\u003cbr\u003e   The Privacy Vision\u003cbr\u003e   Establish a Data Governance Model\u003cbr\u003e   Establish a Privacy Program\u003cbr\u003e   Structure the Privacy Team\u003cbr\u003e   Privacy Program Communications\u003cbr\u003e   Chapter Review\u003cbr\u003eChapter 2 Privacy Program Framework\u003cbr\u003e   Develop the Privacy Program Framework\u003cbr\u003e   Implement the Privacy Program Framework\u003cbr\u003e   Privacy Program Metrics\u003cbr\u003e   Online Tracking and Behavioral Profiling\u003cbr\u003e   Chapter Review\u003cbr\u003eChapter 3 Privacy Operational Lifecycle: Assess\u003cbr\u003e   Privacy Program Baseline\u003cbr\u003e   Third-Party Risk Management\u003cbr\u003e   Physical Assessments\u003cbr\u003e   Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures\u003cbr\u003e   Privacy Impact Assessments and Data Privacy Impact Assessments\u003cbr\u003e   Chapter Review\u003cbr\u003eChapter 4 Privacy Operational Lifecycle: Protect\u003cbr\u003e   Information Security Practices\u003cbr\u003e   Integrating Privacy into Organization Operations\u003cbr\u003e   Other Protection Measures\u003cbr\u003e   Chapter Review\u003cbr\u003e   Quick Review\u003cbr\u003eChapter 5 Privacy Operational Lifecycle: Sustain\u003cbr\u003e   Monitoring a Privacy Program\u003cbr\u003e   Auditing Privacy Programs\u003cbr\u003e   Chapter Review\u003cbr\u003eChapter 6 Privacy Operational Lifecycle: Respond\u003cbr\u003e   Data Subject Requests and Privacy Rights\u003cbr\u003e   Privacy Incident Response\u003cbr\u003e   Privacy Continuous Improvement\u003cbr\u003e   Chapter Review\u003cbr\u003eAppendix A The Risk Management Life Cycle\u003cbr\u003e   The Risk Management Process\u003cbr\u003e   Risk Management Methodologies\u003cbr\u003e   Asset Identification\u003cbr\u003e   Asset Classification\u003cbr\u003e   Asset Valuation\u003cbr\u003e   Threat Identification\u003cbr\u003e   Vulnerability Identification\u003cbr\u003e   Risk Identification\u003cbr\u003e   Risk, Likelihood, and Impact\u003cbr\u003e   Likelihood\u003cbr\u003e   Impact\u003cbr\u003e   Risk Analysis Techniques and Considerations\u003cbr\u003eAppendix B About the Online Content\u003cbr\u003e   System Requirements\u003cbr\u003e   Your Total Seminars Training Hub Account\u003cbr\u003e   Single User License Terms and Conditions\u003cbr\u003e   TotalTester Online\u003cbr\u003e   Technical Support\u003cbr\u003eGlossary\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866493595991,"sku":"9781260474091","price":35.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781260474091.jpg?v=1722278921"},{"product_id":"cdpse-certified-data-privacy-solutions-engineer-allinone-exam-guide-9781260474824","title":"CDPSE Certified Data Privacy Solutions Engineer","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePublisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eThis study guide offers 100% coverage of every objective for the Certified Data Privacy Solutions Engineer Exam \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis resource offers complete, up-to-date coverage of all the material included on the current release of the Certified Data Privacy Solutions Engineer exam. Written by an IT security and privacy expert, \u003ci\u003eCDPSE Certified Data Privacy Solutions Engineer All-in-One Exam Guide \u003c\/i\u003ecovers the exam domains and associated job practices developed by ISACA . Youâll find learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, exam tips, practice exam questions, and in-depth explanations. Designed to help you pass the CDPSE exam, this comprehensive guide also serves as an essential on-the-job reference for new and established privacy and secur","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866493759831,"sku":"9781260474824","price":38.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781260474824.jpg?v=1722278923"},{"product_id":"cism-certified-information-security-manager-allinone-exam-guide-second-edition-9781264268313","title":"CISM Certified Information Security Manager","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eProvides 100% coverage of every objective on the 2022 CISM exam\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis integrated self-study guide enables you to take the 2022 version of the challenging CISM exam with complete confidence. Written by an expert in the field, the book offers exam-focused coverage of information security governance, information risk management, information security program development and management, and information security incident management.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eCISM Certified Information Security Manager All-in-One Exam Guide, Second Edition\u003c\/i\u003e features learning objectives, exam tips, practice questions, and in-depth explanations. All questions closely match those on the live test in tone, format, and content. Special design elements throughout provide real-world insight and call out potentially harmful situations. Beyond fully preparing you for the exam, the book also serves as a valuable on-the-job reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatures complete coverage of all 2022 CISM exam domains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnline co\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866497462615,"sku":"9781264268313","price":38.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781264268313.jpg?v=1722278940"},{"product_id":"comptia-pentest-certification-allinone-exam-guide-second-edition-exam-pt0002-9781264274895","title":"CompTIA PenTest Certification AllinOne Exam Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThis fully-updated guide delivers complete coverage of every topic on the current version of the CompTIA PenTest+ certification exam.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGet complete coverage of all the objectives included on the CompTIA PenTest+ certification exam PT0-002 from this comprehensive resource. Written by expert penetration testers, the book provides learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, hands-on exercises, exam tips, and practice questions with in-depth explanations. Designed to help you pass the exam with ease, this definitive volume also serves as an essential on-the-job reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovers all exam topics, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlanning and engagement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInformation gathering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVulnerability scanning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNetwork-based attacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWireless and radio frequency attacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeb and database attacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCloud attacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecialized and fragile systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial Engineering and physical attacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost-exploitation tools and technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866498412887,"sku":"9781264274895","price":36.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781264274895.jpg?v=1722278948"},{"product_id":"comptia-a-certification-allinone-exam-guide-eleventh-edition-exams-2201101-2201102-9781264609901","title":"CompTIA A Certification AllinOne Exam Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThis bestselling on-the-job reference and test preparation guide has been fully revised for new 2022 exam objectives\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis fully revised and updated resource offers complete coverage of the latest release of CompTIA A+ exams 220-1101 \u0026amp; 220-1102. Youâll find learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, exam tips, practice exam questions, and in-depth explanations. Designed to help you pass the CompTIA A+ exams with ease, this definitive guide also serves as an essential on-the-job IT reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovers all exam topics, including how to:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork with CPUs, RAM, BIOS, motherboards, power supplies, and other personal computer components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall, configure, and maintain hard drives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManage input devices and removable media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet up, upgrade, and maintain Microsoft Windows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTroubleshoot and fix computer problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall printers and other peripherals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfigure and secure mobile devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect to the Int\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCH 1    Safety and Professionalism\u003cbr\u003eCH 2    The Visible Computer\u003cbr\u003eCH 3    CPUs\u003cbr\u003eCH 4    RAM\u003cbr\u003eCH 5    Firmware\u003cbr\u003eCH 6    Motherboards\u003cbr\u003eCH 7    Power Supplies\u003cbr\u003eCH 8    Mass Storage Technologies\u003cbr\u003eCH 9    Implementing Mass Storage\u003cbr\u003eCH 10   Essential Peripherals\u003cbr\u003eCH 11   Installing and Upgrading Operating Systems\u003cbr\u003eCH 12   Operating System Operations\u003cbr\u003eCH 13   Users, Groups, and Permissions\u003cbr\u003eCH 14   Maintaining and Optimizing Operating Systems\u003cbr\u003eCH 15   Command Line Interface\u003cbr\u003eCH 16   Troubleshooting Operating Systems\u003cbr\u003eCH 17   Display Technologies\u003cbr\u003eCH 18   Networking Essentials\u003cbr\u003eCH 19   Local Area Networking\u003cbr\u003eCH 20   Wireless Networking\u003cbr\u003eCH 21   The Internet\u003cbr\u003eCH 22   Virtualization\u003cbr\u003eCH 23   Portable Computing\u003cbr\u003eCH 24   Mobile Devices\u003cbr\u003eCH 25   Securing Mobile Devices\u003cbr\u003eCH 26   Printers and Multifunction Devices\u003cbr\u003eCH 27   Securing Computers\u003cbr\u003eCH 28   Operational Procedures\u003cbr\u003eApp A   Mapping to the CompTIA A+ Objectives\u003cbr\u003eApp B   About the Online Content\u003cbr\u003eGL      Glossary\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866499363159,"sku":"9781264609901","price":38.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781264609901.jpg?v=1722278950"},{"product_id":"cism-certified-information-security-manager-bundle-second-edition-9781264742752","title":"CISM Certified Information Security Manager","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eThis up-to-date study bundle contains two books and a digital quick review guide to use in preparation for the CISM exam\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTake the 2022 version of ISACAâs challenging Certified Information Security Manager exam with confidence using this comprehensive self-study collection. Comprised of \u003ci\u003eCISM All-in-One Exam Guide, Second Edition \u003c\/i\u003eand \u003ci\u003eCISM Practice Exams, Second Edition\u003c\/i\u003e, plus bonus digital content, this bundle contains 100% coverage of every topic on the current edition of the exam. You will get real-world examples, professional insights, and concise explanations to help with your exam preparation.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFully updated for the 2022 exam, \u003ci\u003eCISM Certified Information Security Manager Bundle, Second Edition \u003c\/i\u003econtains practice questions that match those on the live exam in content, style, tone, format, and difficulty. Every domain on the test is covered, including information security governance, information security risk management, information se","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866500968791,"sku":"9781264742752","price":60.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781264742752.jpg?v=1722278954"},{"product_id":"comptia-linux-certification-allinone-exam-guide-second-edition-exam-xk0005-9781264798964","title":"CompTIA Linux Certification AllinOne Exam Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThis comprehensive study guide delivers 100% coverage of every topic on the challenging CompTIA Linux+ exam\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGet complete coverage of all the objectives included on CompTIA Linux+ exam XK0-005 from this up-to-date resource. Written by Linux experts and technology trainers, the book provides learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, exam tips, practice exam questions, and in-depth answer explanations. Designed to help you pass this challenging exam, this definitive volume also serves as an essential on-the-job reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovers all exam topics, including how to:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the vi text editor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork with the Linux shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManage Linux users, groups, files, and directories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdminister ownership, permissions, and quotas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall Linux and manage the boot process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerform container operations and version control with Git\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManage software and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrite shell scripts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManage network settings and s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866501165399,"sku":"9781264798964","price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781264798964.jpg?v=1722278954"},{"product_id":"shrmcpshrmscp-certification-allinone-exam-guide-second-edition-9781265021511","title":"SHRMCPSHRMSCP Certification AllInOne Exam Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTake the SHRM-Certified Professional (SHRM-CP) and SHRM-Senior Certified Professional (SHRM-SCP) exams with confidence\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGet complete coverage of every topic included on the Society for Human Resource Management certification examsâthe SHRM Certified Professional (SHRM-CP) and the SHRM Senior Certified Professional (SHRM-SCP). Written by a team of HR experts, the book provides learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, hands-on exercises, exam tips, and practice exam questions with in-depth answer explanations. Designed to help you pass the exam, this definitive volume also serves as an essential on-the-job reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOffers complete coverage of the 2023 SHRM Body of Skills and Knowledge (BASK), including all of the following behavioral competency clusters and HR expertise domains for both exams:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeadership\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterpersonal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople Knowledge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganization Knowledge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkplace Knowledge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866501427543,"sku":"9781265021511","price":40.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781265021511.jpg?v=1722278957"},{"product_id":"cc-certified-in-cybersecurity-allinone-exam-guide-9781265203818","title":"CC Certified in Cybersecurity AllinOne Exam Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThis new self-study system delivers complete coverage of every topic on the Certified in Cybersecurity exam\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTake the Certified in Cybersecurity exam from (ISC)2 with confidence using the information contained in this comprehensive study guide. Written by a pair of cybersecurity experts and successful trainers, \u003ci\u003eCC Certified in Cybersecurity All-in-One Exam Guide\u003c\/i\u003e offers background material, detailed examples, and over 200 practice questions. Each exam domain is presented with information corresponding to the (ISC)2 certification exam outline. Using the trusted âœAll-in-Oneâ format, the book reviews every topic on the test and presents foundational knowledge and skills important for an entry-level cybersecurity role. You will get explanations and technical details on core concepts as well as stories, discussions, and anecdotes from real-world cybersecurity experts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCoverage includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity Principles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusiness Continuity (BC), Disaster Rec\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866502934871,"sku":"9781265203818","price":33.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781265203818.jpg?v=1722278963"},{"product_id":"isc2-cissp-certified-information-systems-security-professional-official-study-guide-9781394254699","title":"ISC2 CISSP Certified Information Systems Security","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866619720023,"sku":"9781394254699","price":52.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781394254699.jpg?v=1722279494"},{"product_id":"head-first-java-3rd-edition-9781491910771","title":"Head First Java 3rd Edition","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith this book, you'll learn the Java language with a unique method that goes beyond how-to manuals. Through puzzles, mysteries, and soul-searching interviews with famous Java objects, you'll quickly get up to speed on Java's fundamentals and advanced topics including lambdas, streams, generics, threading, networking, and the dreaded desktop GUI.","brand":"O'Reilly Media","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48867304341847,"sku":"9781491910771","price":47.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781491910771.jpg?v=1722282695"},{"product_id":"art-of-network-architecture-the-business-driven-design-9781587143755","title":"Art of Network Architecture, The: Business-Driven","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Art of Network Architecture\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBusiness-Driven Design\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe business-centered, business-driven guide to architecting and evolving networks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe Art of Network Architecture\u003c\/em\u003e is the first book that places business needs and capabilities at the center of the process of architecting and evolving networks. Two leading enterprise network architects help you craft solutions that are fully aligned with business strategy, smoothly accommodate change, and maximize future flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRuss White and Denise Donohue guide network designers in asking and answering the crucial questions that lead to elegant, high-value solutions. Carefully blending business and technical concerns, they show how to optimize all network interactions involving flow, time, and people.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe authors review important links between business requirements and network design, helping you capture the information you need to design effectively. They introduce today’s most useful models and frameworks, fully addressing modularity, resilience, security, and management. Next, they drill down into network structure and topology, covering virtualization, overlays, modern routing choices, and highly complex network environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIn the final section, the authors integrate all these ideas to consider four realistic design challenges: user mobility, cloud services, Software Defined Networking (SDN), and today’s radically new data center environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e• Understand how your choices of technologies and design paradigms will impact your business\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e• Customize designs to improve workflows, support BYOD, and ensure business continuity\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e• Use modularity, simplicity, and network management to prepare for rapid change\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e• Build resilience by addressing human factors and redundancy\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e• Design for security, hardening networks without making them brittle\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e• Minimize network management pain, and maximize gain\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e• Compare topologies and their tradeoffs\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e• Consider the implications of network virtualization, and walk through an MPLS-based L3VPN example\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e• Choose routing protocols in the context of business and IT requirements\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e• Maximize mobility via ILNP, LISP, Mobile IP, host routing, MANET, and\/or DDNS\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e• Learn about the challenges of removing and changing services hosted in cloud environments\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e• Understand the opportunities and risks presented by SDNs\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e• Effectively design data center control planes and topologies\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction xx\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart I Framing the Problem\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 1\u003c\/strong\u003e Business and Technology 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBusiness Drives Technology 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Business Environment 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Big Picture 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Competition 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Business Side of the Network 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Technologies and Applications 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Network Evaluation 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Network’s Customers 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Internal Users 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e External Users 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Guest Users 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTechnology Drives Business 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart II Business-Driven Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 2\u003c\/strong\u003e Designing for Change 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrganic Growth and Decline 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMergers, Acquisitions, and Divestments 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCentralizing Versus Decentralizing 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 3\u003c\/strong\u003e Improving Business Operations 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorkflow 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Matching Data Flow and Network Design 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Person-to-Person Communication 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Person-to-Machine Communication 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Machine-to-Machine Communication 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Bringing It All Together 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBYOD 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e BYOD Options 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e BYOD Design Considerations 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e BYOD Policy 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBusiness Continuity 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Business Continuity Versus Disaster Recovery 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Business Continuity Planning 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Business Continuity Design Considerations 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart III Tools of the Trade\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 4\u003c\/strong\u003e Models 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Seven-Layer Model 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Problems with the Seven-Layer Model 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Four-Layer Model 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIterative Layering Model 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Connection-Oriented and Connectionless 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Hybrid Model 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Control Plane 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e What Am I Trying to Reach? 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Where Is It? 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e How Do I Get There? 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Other Network Metadata 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Control Plane Relationships 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Routing 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Quality of Service 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Network Measurement and Management 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Interaction Between Control Planes 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReactive and Proactive 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Waterfall Model 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlaces in the Network 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 5\u003c\/strong\u003e Underlying Support 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuestions You Should Ask 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e What Happens When the Link Fails? 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e What Types of Virtualization Can Be Run Over This Link? 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e How Does the Link Support Quality of Service? 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Marking Packets 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Queues and Rate Limiters 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Speeds and Feeds Versus Quality of Service 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpanning Tree 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTRILL 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e TRILL Operation 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e TRILL in the Design Landscape 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e TRILL and the Fabrics 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinal Thoughts on the Physical Layer 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 6\u003c\/strong\u003e Principles of Modularity 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy Modularize? 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Machine Level Information Overload 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Machine Level Information Overload Defined 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Reducing Machine Information Level Overload 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Separating Complexity from Complexity 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Human Level Information Overload 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Clearly Assigned Functionality 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Repeatable Configurations 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Mean Time to Repair and Modularization 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow Do You Modularize? 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Topology and Reachability 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Aggregating Topology Information at Router B 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Aggregating Reachability Information at Router B 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Filtering Routing Information at Router B 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Splitting Failure Domains Horizontally and Vertically 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModularization and Optimization 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 7\u003c\/strong\u003e Applying Modularity 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is Hierarchical Design? 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e A Hub-and-Spoke Design Pattern 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e An Architectural Methodology 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Assign Each Module One Function 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e All Modules at a Given Level Should Share Common Functionality 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Build Solid Redundancy at the Intermodule Level 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Hide Information at Module Edges 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTypical Hierarchical Design Patterns 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVirtualization 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e What Is Virtualization? 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Virtualization as Vertical Hierarchy 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Why We Virtualize 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Communities of Interest 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Network Desegmentation 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Separation of Failure Domains 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Consequences of Network Virtualization 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinal Thoughts on Applying Modularity 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 8\u003c\/strong\u003e Weathering Storms 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRedundancy as Resilience 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Network Availability Basics 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Adding Redundancy 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMTTR, Resilience, and Redundancy 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Limits on Control Plane Convergence 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Feedback Loops 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Interaction Between MTTR and Redundancy 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFast Convergence Techniques 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Detecting the Topology Change 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Propagating Information About the Change 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Calculating the New Best Path 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Switching to the New Best Path 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Impact of Fast Convergence 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFast Reroute 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e P\/Q Space 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Loop-Free Alternates 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Remote Loop-Free Alternates 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Not-Via Fast Reroute 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Maximally Redundant Trees 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Final Thoughts on Fast Reroute 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Human Side of Resilience 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 9\u003c\/strong\u003e Securing the Premises 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe OODA Loop 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Observe 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Orient 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Decide 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Act 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBrittleness 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuilding Defense In 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Modularization 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Modularity, Failure Domains, and Security 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Modularity, Complexity, and Security 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Modularity, Functionality, and Security 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Resilience 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSome Practical Considerations 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Close a Door, Open a Door 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Beware of Virtualization 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Social Engineering 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 10\u003c\/strong\u003e Measure Twice 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy Manage? 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Justifying the Cost of the Network 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Planning 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Decreasing the Mean Time to Repair 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Increasing the Mean Time Between Mistakes 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManagement Models 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Fault, Configuration, Accounting, Performance, and Security 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Observe, Orient, Decide, and Act (OODA) 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeploying Management 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Loosen the Connection Between Collection and Management 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Sampling Considerations 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Where and What 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e End-to-End\/Network 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Interface\/Transport 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Failure Domain\/Control Plane 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBare Necessities 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart IV Choosing Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 11\u003c\/strong\u003e The Floor Plan 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRings 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Scaling Characteristics 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Resilience Characteristics 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Convergence Characteristics 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Generalizing Ring Convergence 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Final Thoughts on Ring Topologies 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFull Mesh 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClos Networks 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Clos and the Control Plane 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Clos and Capacity Planning 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePartial Mesh 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisjoint Parallel Planes 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Advantages of Disjoint Topologies 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Added Complexity 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Bottom Line 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDivergent Data Planes 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCubes 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eToroid Topologies 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12\u003c\/strong\u003e Building the Second Floor 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is a Tunnel? 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Is MPLS Tunneling? 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFundamental Virtualization Questions 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Data Plane Interaction 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Control Plane Considerations 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Control Plane Interaction 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Scaling 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Multicast 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Security in a Virtual Topology 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMPLS-Based L3VPNs 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Operational Overview 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Fundamental Questions 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Maximum Transmission Unit 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Quality of Service 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Control Plane Interaction 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Scaling 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Multicast 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Security in MPLS-Based L3VPNs 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e MPLS-Based L3VPN Summary 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVXLAN 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Operational Overview 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Fundamental Questions 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Control Plane Interaction 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Scaling 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e VXLAN Summary 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 13\u003c\/strong\u003e Routing Choices 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhich Routing Protocol? 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e How Fast Does the Routing Protocol Converge? 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Is the Routing Protocol Proprietary? 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e How Easy Is the Routing Protocol to Configure and Troubleshoot? 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Which Protocol Degrades in a Way That Works with the Business? 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Which Protocol Works Best on the Topology the Business Usually Builds? 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Which Protocol is Right? 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIPv6 Considerations 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e What Is the Shape of the Deployment? 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e How Does Your Deployment Grow? 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Topological Deployment 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Virtual Topology Deployment 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Where Are the Policy Edges? 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Routing Protocol Interaction with IPv6 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e IS-IS Interaction with IPv6 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e OSPF Interaction with IPv6 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e EIGRP Interaction with IPv6 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeploying BGP 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Why Deploy BGP? 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Complexity of Purpose 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Complexity of Place 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Complexity of Policy 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e BGP Deployment Models 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e iBGP Edge-to-Edge (Overlay Model) 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e iBGP Core 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e eBGP Edge-to-Edge (Core and Aggregation Model) 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 14\u003c\/strong\u003e Considering Complexity 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControl Plane State 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Concepts of Control Plane State 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Network Stretch 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Configuration State 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eControl Plane Policy Dispersion 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData Plane State 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReaction Time 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Complexity Trade-offs 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart V Current and Future Trends\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 15\u003c\/strong\u003e Network in Motion 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Business Case for Mobility 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e A Campus Bus Service 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e A Mobile Retail Analysis Team 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Shifting Load 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePinning the Hard Problems into Place 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Mobility Requires State 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Mobility Requires Speed 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e State Must Be Topologically Located 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e State and the Network Layers 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIP-Centric Mobility Solutions 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Identifier-Locator Network Protocol (ILNP) 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Locator Identifier Separation Protocol (LISP) 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Mobile IP 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Host Routing 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Mobile Ad-Hoc Networks (MANET) 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Dynamic DNS 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Final Thoughts on Mobility Solutions 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRemote Access Solutions 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Separate Network Access from Application Access 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Consider Cloud-Based Solutions 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Keep Flexibility as a Goal 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Consider Total Cost 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Consider Making Remote Access the Norm 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Solution Should You Deliver? 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 16\u003c\/strong\u003e On Psychologists, Unicorns, and Clouds 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Cloudy History 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis Time It’s Different 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Does It Cost? 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Are the Risks? 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Problems Can Cloud Solve Well? 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Services Is Cloud Good at Providing? 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Storage 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Content Distribution 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Database Services 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Application Services 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Network Services 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeploying Cloud 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e How Hard Is Undoing the Deployment? 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e How Will the Service Connect to My Network? 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e How Does Security Work? 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Systemic Interactions 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFlying Through the Cloud 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Components 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLooking Back Over the Clouds 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 17\u003c\/strong\u003e Software-Defined Networks 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding SDNs 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e A Proposed Definition 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e A Proposed Framework 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Distributed Model 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Augmented Model 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Hybrid Model 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Replace Model 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Offline Routing\/Online Reaction 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e OpenFlow 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Objections and Considerations 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Conclusion 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSoftware-Defined Network Use Cases 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e SDNs in a Data Center 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e What OpenFlow Brings to the Table 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Challenges to the OpenFlow Solution 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e SDNs in a Wide-Area Core 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinal Thoughts on SDNs 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 18\u003c\/strong\u003e Data Center Design 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData Center Spine and Leaf Fabrics 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Understanding Spine and Leaf 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e The Border Leaf 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Sizing a Spine and Leaf Fabric 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Speed of the Fabric 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Number of Edge Ports 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Total Fabric Bandwidth 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Why No Oversubscription? 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Control Plane Conundrum 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Why Not Layer 2 Alone? 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Where Should Layer 3 Go? 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e Software-Defined Networks as a Potential Solution 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNetwork Virtualization in the Data Center 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThoughts on Storage 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModularity and the Data Center 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9781587143755 TOC 3\/12\/2014\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48867641491799,"sku":"9781587143755","price":51.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781587143755.jpg?v=1722284268"},{"product_id":"advanced-software-testing-v-2-2e-9781937538507","title":"Advanced Software Testing V 2. 2e","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book teaches test managers what they need to know to achieve advanced skills in test estimation, test planning, test monitoring, and test control. Readers will learn how to define the overall testing goals and strategies for the systems being tested. This hands-on, exercise-rich book provides experience with planning, scheduling, and tracking these tasks. You'll be able to describe and organize the necessary activities as well as learn to select, acquire, and assign adequate resources for testing tasks. You'll learn how to form, organize, and lead testing teams, and master the organizing of communication among the members of the testing teams, and between the testing teams and all the other stakeholders. Additionally, you'll learn how to justify decisions and provide adequate reporting information where applicable. With over thirty years of software and systems engineering experience, author Rex Black is President of RBCS, is a leader in software, hardware, and systems testing, and is the most prolific author practicing in the field of software testing today. He has published a dozen books on testing that have sold tens of thousands of copies worldwide. He is past president of the International Software Testing Qualifications Board (ISTQB) and a director of the American Software Testing Qualifications Board (ASTQB). This book will help you prepare for the ISTQB Advanced Test Manager exam. Included are sample exam questions, at the appropriate level of difficulty, for most of the learning objectives covered by the ISTQB Advanced Level Syllabus. The ISTQB certification program is the leading software tester certification program in the world. With about 300,000 certificate holders and a global presence in over 50 countries, you can be confident in the value and international stature that the Advanced Test Manager certificate can offer you. This second edition has been thoroughly updated to reflect the new ISTQB Advanced Test Manager 2012 Syllabus, and the latest ISTQB Glossary. This edition reflects Rex Black's unique insights into these changes, as he was one of the main participants in the ISTQB Advanced Level Working Group.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rocky Nook","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48869154390359,"sku":"9781937538507","price":33.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781937538507.jpg?v=1722291356"},{"product_id":"comptia-ctt-certified-technical-trainer-allinone-exam-guide-9780071771160","title":"CompTIA CTT Certified Technical Trainer AllinOne","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePublisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, \u003cspan style=\"white-space:pre\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eauthenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product.\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003ch4\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003ch4\u003e\"All-in-One is All You Need\"\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003e\"This book coaches you through the five domains of the exam and provides effective practice exercises to prepare you with confidence. Thanks for providing the industry with such a great book!\"\u003c\/i\u003e -- Linda Hainlen, Director; Learning Solutions, Indiana University Health\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGet complete coverage of all the material included on the CompTIA CTT+ exams inside this comprehensive resource. Written by industry expert, trainer, and project management consultant Joseph Phillips, this authoritative guide covers exams TKO-201, TKO-202, and TKO-203 in full detail. You'll find learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, exam tips, practice questions, and in-depth explanations. A bonus appendix provide\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I: Planning Prior to the Course\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1: Preparing for the Exam\u003cbr\u003eChapter 2: Evaluating Learners' Needs\u003cbr\u003eChapter 3: Managing the Technical Classroom\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II: Methods for Effective Instruction\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 4: Engaging Learners Through Instructional Methods\u003cbr\u003eChapter 5: Managing Instructional Materials\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III: Establishing Instructor Credibility and Maintaining Communications\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 6: Instructing With Confidence\u003cbr\u003eChapter 7: Leading a Successful Class\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV: Leading Group Facilitation\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 8: Managing Learner-Centered Instruction\u003cbr\u003eChapter 9: Promoting Learner Engagement\u003cbr\u003eChapter 10: Motivating Adult Learners\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V: Evaluating the Training Event\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 11: Evaluating Learner Competencies\u003cbr\u003eChapter 12: Evaluating Instructor and Course Performance\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart VI: Appendixes\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAppendix A: Certified Technical Trainer+ Exam Objectives\u003cbr\u003eAppendix B: About the CD\u003cbr\u003eGlossary\u003cbr\u003eIndex  \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education - Europe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48883784909143,"sku":"9780071771160","price":28.73,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780071771160.jpg?v=1722529033"},{"product_id":"itil-foundation-handbook-pack-of-10-9780113313501","title":"ITIL foundation handbook pack of 10","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"TSO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48883793363287,"sku":"9780113313501","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"ccnp-collaboration-call-control-and-mobility-claccm-300815-official-cert-guide-9780136575542","title":"CCNP Collaboration Call Control and Mobility","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKyzer Davis, CCIE Collaboration No. 54735\u003c\/strong\u003e, is an escalation point for various worldwide cloud and collaboration teams within Cisco Systems. He is the focal point for supporting, troubleshooting, and resolving complex, solution-level problems involving voice, video, cloud, and security portions of the Cisco Unified collaboration product portfolio. In addition to his work on this book, Kyzer has authored and presented numerous technical white papers on Cisco collaboration configuration, architecture, protocol design, and security topics, many of which are leveraged by Cisco partners, Cisco exam instructors, and Cisco employees for training and education.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrior to writing this book, Kyzer co-authored the Cisco Press publication \u003cem\u003eUnderstanding Session Border Controllers: Comprehensive Guide to Designing, Deploying, Troubleshooting, and Maintaining Cisco Unified Border Element (CUBE) Solutions\u003c\/em\u003e. In addition, he works with Learning@Cisco on strategy and\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48883798049111,"sku":"9780136575542","price":48.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780136575542.jpg?v=1722529090"},{"product_id":"ccnp-security-identity-management-sise-300715-official-cert-guide-9780136642947","title":"CCNP Security Identity Management SISE 300715","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAaron Woland\u003c\/strong\u003e, CCIE No. 20113, is a Principal Engineer in Cisco's Advanced Threat Security \u0026amp; Integrations group and works with Cisco's Largest Customers all over the world. His primary job responsibilities include security design, solution enhancements, standards development, advanced threat solution design, endpoint security, and futures. Aaron joined Cisco in 2005 and is currently a member of numerous security advisory boards and standards body working groups. Prior to joining Cisco, Aaron spent 12 years as a Consultant and Technical Trainer.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAaron's other publications include \u003cem\u003eIntegrated Security Technologies and Solutions\u003c\/em\u003e, Volume I; both Volumes I and II of the \u003cem\u003eCisco ISE for BYOD and Secure Unified Access\u003c\/em\u003e book; the \u003cem\u003eAll-in-one Cisco ASA Firepower Services, NGIPS and AMP\u003c\/em\u003e book; the \u003cem\u003eCCNP Security SISAS 300-208 Official Cert Guide\u003c\/em\u003e; the \u003cem\u003eCCNA Security 210-260 Complete Video Course\u003c\/em\u003e; and many published white papers and de\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48883798671703,"sku":"9780136642947","price":48.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780136642947.jpg?v=1722529092"},{"product_id":"ccnp-collaboration-cloud-and-edge-solutions-clcei-300820-official-cert-guide-9780136733720","title":"CCNP Collaboration Cloud and Edge Solutions CLCEI","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAnyone who has worked with \u003cstrong\u003eJason Ball\u003c\/strong\u003e or has sat in one of his classes knows that his enthusiasm for collaboration is matched only by his engaging zeal for teaching. Jason's current position as a solution readiness engineer in Collaboration for Cisco awards him with the opportunity to create and provide training to Cisco partners on new, innovative collaboration solutions as Cisco releases them. He has been operating as a collaboration engineer for more than 11 years and holds 19 different certifications, including a CCNP Collaboration certification and a Cisco Certified Systems Instructor (CCSI) certification. He has been teaching Cisco Voice, Video, and Collaboration certification courses for as many years as he has been involved with Cisco.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSome of the accomplishments that Jason has achieved include serving as a subject matter expert (SME) for two certification courses Cisco has developed: the TVS Advanced Services Course and the CIVND2 certification cours\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48883798704471,"sku":"9780136733720","price":57.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780136733720.jpg?v=1722529092"},{"product_id":"cissp-cert-guide-9780137507474","title":"CISSP Cert Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRobin M. Abernathy\u003c\/strong\u003e has been working in the IT certification preparation industry for more than 20 years. She has written and edited certification preparation materials for many (ISC)2, Microsoft, CompTIA, PMI, ITIL, ISACA, and GIAC certifications and holds multiple IT certifications from these vendors.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRobin provides training on computer hardware and software, networking, security, and project management. Over the past decade, she has ventured into the traditional publishing industry by technically editing several publications and co-authoring Pearson's \u003cem\u003eCISSP Cert Guide\u003c\/em\u003e and \u003cem\u003eCASP+ Cert Guide\u003c\/em\u003e and authoring Pearson's \u003cem\u003eProject+ Cert Guide\u003c\/em\u003e. She presents at technical conferences and hosts webinars on IT certification topics.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Darren R. Hayes\u003c\/strong\u003e has close to 20 years of academic and professional experience in computer security and digital forensics. He has authored numerous publications in these fields, including \u003cem\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48883799785815,"sku":"9780137507474","price":48.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780137507474.jpg?v=1722529098"},{"product_id":"ccnp-and-ccie-enterprise-core-encor-350401-official-cert-guide-9780138216764","title":"CCNP and CCIE Enterprise Core ENCOR 350401","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrad Edgeworth\u003c\/strong\u003e, CCIE No. 31574 (R\u0026amp;S and SP), is a SD-WAN technical solutions architect at Cisco Systems. Brad is a distinguished speaker at Cisco Live, where he has presented on various topics. Before joining Cisco, Brad worked as a network architect and consultant for various Fortune 500 companies. Brad's expertise is based on enterprise and service provider environments, with an emphasis on architectural and operational simplicity. Brad holds a bachelor of arts degree in computer systems management from St. Edward's University in Austin, Texas. Brad can be found on Twitter as @BradEdgeworth.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRamiro Garza Rios\u003c\/strong\u003e, CCIE No. 15469 (R\u0026amp;S, SP, and Security), has over 20 years of experience in the networking industry and currently works as a solutions architect in the Cisco Customer Experience (CX) organization. His expertise is on enterprise and service provider network environments, with a focus on evolving architectures and next-generation technol\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePart I Forwarding\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 1\u003c\/strong\u003e Packet Forwarding 2\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 2\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 3\u003cbr\u003e Network Device Communication 3\u003cbr\u003e Layer 2 Forwarding 4\u003cbr\u003e Layer 3 Forwarding 19\u003cbr\u003e Forwarding Architectures 26\u003cbr\u003e Process Switching 26\u003cbr\u003e Software CEF 29\u003cbr\u003e Hardware CEF 30\u003cbr\u003e SDM Templates 30\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 32\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 33\u003cbr\u003e References in This Chapter 34\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePart II Layer 2\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 2\u003c\/strong\u003e Spanning Tree Protocol 36\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 36\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 38\u003cbr\u003e Spanning Tree Protocol Fundamentals 38\u003cbr\u003e IEEE 802.1D STP 38\u003cbr\u003e Building the STP Topology 41\u003cbr\u003e STP Topology Changes 49\u003cbr\u003e Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol 53\u003cbr\u003e RSTP (802.1W) Port States 54\u003cbr\u003e RSTP (802.1W) Port Roles 54\u003cbr\u003e RSTP (802.1W) Port Types 54\u003cbr\u003e Building the RSTP Topology 55\u003cbr\u003e RSTP Convergence 55\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 56\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 56\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 3\u003c\/strong\u003e Advanced STP Tuning 58\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 58\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 59\u003cbr\u003e STP Topology Tuning 59\u003cbr\u003e Placing the Root Bridge 60\u003cbr\u003e Modifying STP Root Port and Blocked Switch Port Locations 63\u003cbr\u003e Modifying STP Port Priority 66\u003cbr\u003e Additional STP Protection Mechanisms 67\u003cbr\u003e Root Guard 68\u003cbr\u003e STP Portfast 68\u003cbr\u003e BPDU Guard 70\u003cbr\u003e BPDU Filter 72\u003cbr\u003e Problems with Unidirectional Links 73\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 76\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 77\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 4\u003c\/strong\u003e Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol 80\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 80\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 81\u003cbr\u003e Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol 81\u003cbr\u003e MST Instances (MSTIs) 83\u003cbr\u003e MST Configuration 84\u003cbr\u003e MST Verification 85\u003cbr\u003e MST Tuning 87\u003cbr\u003e Common MST Misconfigurations 89\u003cbr\u003e MST Region Boundary 90\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 92\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 92\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 5\u003c\/strong\u003e VLAN Trunks and EtherChannel Bundles 94\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 94\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 96\u003cbr\u003e VLAN Trunking Protocol 96\u003cbr\u003e VTP Communication 97\u003cbr\u003e VTP Configuration 98\u003cbr\u003e VTP Verification 99\u003cbr\u003e Dynamic Trunking Protocol 101\u003cbr\u003e EtherChannel Bundle 104\u003cbr\u003e Dynamic Link Aggregation Protocols 106\u003cbr\u003e Verifying EtherChannel Status 108\u003cbr\u003e Viewing EtherChannel Neighbors 110\u003cbr\u003e Verifying EtherChannel Packets 113\u003cbr\u003e Advanced LACP Configuration Options 114\u003cbr\u003e Troubleshooting EtherChannel Bundles 118\u003cbr\u003e Load Balancing Traffic with EtherChannel Bundles 119\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 121\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 121\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePart III Routing\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 6\u003c\/strong\u003e IP Routing Essentials 124\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 124\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 126\u003cbr\u003e Routing Protocol Overview 126\u003cbr\u003e Distance Vector Algorithms 128\u003cbr\u003e Enhanced Distance Vector Algorithms 129\u003cbr\u003e Link-State Algorithms 130\u003cbr\u003e Path Vector Algorithm 131\u003cbr\u003e Path Selection 132\u003cbr\u003e Prefix Length 133\u003cbr\u003e Administrative Distance 133\u003cbr\u003e Metrics 135\u003cbr\u003e Static Routing 137\u003cbr\u003e Static Route Types 138\u003cbr\u003e Floating Static Routing 141\u003cbr\u003e Static Routes to Null Interfaces 143\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Static Routes 145\u003cbr\u003e Policy-based Routing 146\u003cbr\u003e Virtual Routing and Forwarding 149\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 151\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 153\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 7\u003c\/strong\u003e EIGRP 154\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 154\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 156\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP Fundamentals 156\u003cbr\u003e Autonomous Systems 157\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP Terminology 157\u003cbr\u003e Topology Table 159\u003cbr\u003e EIGRP Neighbors 160\u003cbr\u003e Path Metric Calculation 160\u003cbr\u003e Wide Metrics 162\u003cbr\u003e Metric Backward Compatibility 163\u003cbr\u003e Load Balancing 163\u003cbr\u003e Failure Detection and Timers 164\u003cbr\u003e Convergence 164\u003cbr\u003e Route Summarization 166\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 167\u003cbr\u003e References in This Chapter 168\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 8\u003c\/strong\u003e OSPF 170\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 170\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 172\u003cbr\u003e OSPF Fundamentals 172\u003cbr\u003e Inter-Router Communication 174\u003cbr\u003e OSPF Hello Packets 175\u003cbr\u003e Router ID 175\u003cbr\u003e Neighbors 175\u003cbr\u003e Designated Router and Backup Designated Router 176\u003cbr\u003e OSPF Configuration 178\u003cbr\u003e OSPF Network Statement 178\u003cbr\u003e Interface-Specific Configuration 180\u003cbr\u003e Statically Setting the Router ID 180\u003cbr\u003e Passive Interfaces 181\u003cbr\u003e Requirements for Neighbor Adjacency 181\u003cbr\u003e Sample Topology and Configuration 181\u003cbr\u003e Confirmation of Interfaces 184\u003cbr\u003e Verification of OSPF Neighbor Adjacencies 185\u003cbr\u003e Verification of OSPF Routes 186\u003cbr\u003e Default Route Advertisement 187\u003cbr\u003e Common OSPF Optimizations 188\u003cbr\u003e Link Costs 189\u003cbr\u003e Failure Detection 189\u003cbr\u003e DR Placement 190\u003cbr\u003e OSPF Network Types 194\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 198\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 199\u003cbr\u003e References in This Chapter 200\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 9\u003c\/strong\u003e Advanced OSPF 202\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 202\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 204\u003cbr\u003e Areas 204\u003cbr\u003e Area ID 207\u003cbr\u003e OSPF Route Types 207\u003cbr\u003e Link-State Advertisements 209\u003cbr\u003e LSA Sequences 210\u003cbr\u003e LSA Age and Flooding 210\u003cbr\u003e LSA Types 210\u003cbr\u003e Discontiguous Networks 217\u003cbr\u003e OSPF Path Selection 218\u003cbr\u003e Intra-Area Routes 218\u003cbr\u003e Inter-Area Routes 219\u003cbr\u003e Equal-Cost Multipathing 220\u003cbr\u003e Summarization of Routes 220\u003cbr\u003e Summarization Fundamentals 221\u003cbr\u003e Inter-Area Summarization 222\u003cbr\u003e Summarization Metrics 222\u003cbr\u003e Configuration of Inter-Area Summarization 223\u003cbr\u003e Route Filtering 224\u003cbr\u003e Filtering with Summarization 225\u003cbr\u003e Area Filtering 225\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 228\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 229\u003cbr\u003e References in This Chapter 229\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 10\u003c\/strong\u003e OSPFv3 230\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 230\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 231\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv3 Fundamentals 231\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv3 Link-State Advertisement 232\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv3 Communication 232\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv3 Configuration 233\u003cbr\u003e OSPFv3 Verification 235\u003cbr\u003e Passive Interface 237\u003cbr\u003e Summarization 238\u003cbr\u003e Network Type 239\u003cbr\u003e IPv4 Support in OSPFv3 240\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 242\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 242\u003cbr\u003e References in This Chapter 243\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 11\u003c\/strong\u003e BGP 244\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 244\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 246\u003cbr\u003e BGP Fundamentals 246\u003cbr\u003e Autonomous System Numbers 246\u003cbr\u003e Path Attributes 247\u003cbr\u003e Loop Prevention 247\u003cbr\u003e Address Families 248\u003cbr\u003e Inter-Router Communication 248\u003cbr\u003e BGP Neighbor States 253\u003cbr\u003e Basic BGP Configuration 255\u003cbr\u003e Verification of BGP Sessions 257\u003cbr\u003e Route Advertisement 260\u003cbr\u003e Receiving and Viewing Routes 262\u003cbr\u003e BGP Route Advertisements from Indirect Sources 265\u003cbr\u003e IPv4 Route Summarization 268\u003cbr\u003e Aggregate Address 269\u003cbr\u003e Atomic Aggregate 274\u003cbr\u003e Route Aggregation with AS_SET 276\u003cbr\u003e Multiprotocol BGP for IPv6 278\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Configuration 279\u003cbr\u003e IPv6 Route Summarization 284\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 285\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 286\u003cbr\u003e References in This Chapter 287\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12\u003c\/strong\u003e Advanced BGP 288\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 288\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 290\u003cbr\u003e BGP Multihoming 291\u003cbr\u003e Resiliency in Service Providers 291\u003cbr\u003e Internet Transit Routing 292\u003cbr\u003e Branch Transit Routing 293\u003cbr\u003e Conditional Matching 295\u003cbr\u003e Access Control Lists 295\u003cbr\u003e Prefix Matching 297\u003cbr\u003e Regular Expressions (regex) 300\u003cbr\u003e Route Maps 301\u003cbr\u003e Conditional Matching 302\u003cbr\u003e Optional Actions 304\u003cbr\u003e The continue Keyword 305\u003cbr\u003e BGP Route Filtering and Manipulation 306\u003cbr\u003e Distribute List Filtering 307\u003cbr\u003e Prefix List Filtering 308\u003cbr\u003e AS_Path ACL Filtering 309\u003cbr\u003e Route Maps 311\u003cbr\u003e Clearing BGP Connections 313\u003cbr\u003e BGP Communities 313\u003cbr\u003e Well-Known Communities 314\u003cbr\u003e Enabling BGP Community Support 314\u003cbr\u003e Conditionally Matching BGP Communities 315\u003cbr\u003e Setting Private BGP Communities 317\u003cbr\u003e Understanding BGP Path Selection 318\u003cbr\u003e Routing Path Selection Using Longest Match 319\u003cbr\u003e BGP Best Path Overview 320\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 329\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 331\u003cbr\u003e References in This Chapter 332\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 13\u003c\/strong\u003e Multicast 334\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 334\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 337\u003cbr\u003e Multicast Fundamentals 337\u003cbr\u003e Multicast Addressing 340\u003cbr\u003e Layer 2 Multicast Addresses 342\u003cbr\u003e Internet Group Management Protocol 343\u003cbr\u003e IGMPv2 344\u003cbr\u003e IGMPv3 346\u003cbr\u003e IGMP Snooping 346\u003cbr\u003e Protocol Independent Multicast 349\u003cbr\u003e PIM Distribution Trees 349\u003cbr\u003e PIM Terminology 352\u003cbr\u003e PIM Dense Mode 354\u003cbr\u003e PIM Sparse Mode 357\u003cbr\u003e Reverse Path Forwarding 360\u003cbr\u003e PIM Forwarder 361\u003cbr\u003e Rendezvous Points 363\u003cbr\u003e Static RP 364\u003cbr\u003e Auto-RP 364\u003cbr\u003e PIM Bootstrap Router 366\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 367\u003cbr\u003e References in This Chapter 369\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePart IV Services\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 14\u003c\/strong\u003e Quality of Service (QoS) 370\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 371\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 374\u003cbr\u003e The Need for QoS 374\u003cbr\u003e Lack of Bandwidth 374\u003cbr\u003e Latency and Jitter 374\u003cbr\u003e Packet Loss 376\u003cbr\u003e QoS Models 377\u003cbr\u003e Modular QoS CLI 379\u003cbr\u003e Classification and Marking 381\u003cbr\u003e Classification 381\u003cbr\u003e MQC Classification Configuration 382\u003cbr\u003e Marking 385\u003cbr\u003e DSCP Per-Hop Behaviors 387\u003cbr\u003e Scavenger Class 391\u003cbr\u003e Trust Boundary 391\u003cbr\u003e Class-Based Marking Configuration 392\u003cbr\u003e A Practical Example: Wireless QoS 393\u003cbr\u003e Policing and Shaping 394\u003cbr\u003e Placing Policers and Shapers in the Network 395\u003cbr\u003e Markdown 395\u003cbr\u003e Token Bucket Algorithms 395\u003cbr\u003e Class-Based Policing Configuration 398\u003cbr\u003e Types of Policers 399\u003cbr\u003e Congestion Management and Avoidance 406\u003cbr\u003e Congestion Management 406\u003cbr\u003e Congestion-Avoidance Tools 408\u003cbr\u003e CBWFQ Configuration 410\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 414\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 416\u003cbr\u003e References in This Chapter 417\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 15\u003c\/strong\u003e IP Services 418\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 418\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 420\u003cbr\u003e Time Synchronization 420\u003cbr\u003e Network Time Protocol 420\u003cbr\u003e NTP Configuration 421\u003cbr\u003e Stratum Preference 424\u003cbr\u003e NTP Peers 424\u003cbr\u003e Precision Time Protocol (PTP) 425\u003cbr\u003e PTP Configuration 427\u003cbr\u003e First-Hop Redundancy Protocol 429\u003cbr\u003e Object Tracking 430\u003cbr\u003e Hot Standby Router Protocol 432\u003cbr\u003e Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol 438\u003cbr\u003e Gateway Load Balancing Protocol 441\u003cbr\u003e Network Address Translation 446\u003cbr\u003e NAT Topology 447\u003cbr\u003e Static NAT 449\u003cbr\u003e Pooled NAT 455\u003cbr\u003e Port Address Translation 458\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 461\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 462\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePart V Overlay\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 16\u003c\/strong\u003e Overlay Tunnels 466\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 467\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 469\u003cbr\u003e Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) Tunnels 469\u003cbr\u003e GRE Tunnel Configuration 470\u003cbr\u003e GRE Configuration Example 472\u003cbr\u003e Problems with Overlay Networks: Recursive Routing 474\u003cbr\u003e IPsec Fundamentals 475\u003cbr\u003e Authentication Header 476\u003cbr\u003e Encapsulating Security Payload 477\u003cbr\u003e Transform Sets 478\u003cbr\u003e Internet Key Exchange 480\u003cbr\u003e IKEv1 480\u003cbr\u003e IPsec VPNs 484\u003cbr\u003e Site-to-Site IPsec Configuration 486\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Locator\/ID Separation Protocol (LISP) 495\u003cbr\u003e LISP Architecture and Protocols 497\u003cbr\u003e LISP Operation 499\u003cbr\u003e Virtual Extensible Local Area Network (VXLAN) 504\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 507\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 509\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePart VI Wireless\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 17\u003c\/strong\u003e Wireless Signals and Modulation 510\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 510\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 512\u003cbr\u003e Understanding Basic Wireless Theory 512\u003cbr\u003e Understanding Frequency 514\u003cbr\u003e Understanding Phase 519\u003cbr\u003e Measuring Wavelength 519\u003cbr\u003e Understanding RF Power and dB 520\u003cbr\u003e Carrying Data Over an RF Signal 531\u003cbr\u003e Maintaining AP–Client Compatibility 533\u003cbr\u003e Using Multiple Radios to Scale Performance 535\u003cbr\u003e Maximizing the AP–Client Throughput 538\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 540\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 18\u003c\/strong\u003e Wireless Infrastructure 542\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 542\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 545\u003cbr\u003e Wireless Deployment Models 545\u003cbr\u003e Autonomous Deployment 545\u003cbr\u003e Cisco AP Operation 547\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Wireless Deployments 548\u003cbr\u003e Pairing Lightweight APs and WLCs 552\u003cbr\u003e AP States 552\u003cbr\u003e Discovering a WLC 554\u003cbr\u003e Selecting a WLC 555\u003cbr\u003e Maintaining WLC Availability 556\u003cbr\u003e Segmenting Wireless Configurations 557\u003cbr\u003e Leveraging Antennas for Wireless Coverage 559\u003cbr\u003e Radiation Patterns 560\u003cbr\u003e Gain 562\u003cbr\u003e Beamwidth 563\u003cbr\u003e Polarization 563\u003cbr\u003e Omnidirectional Antennas 564\u003cbr\u003e Directional Antennas 567\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 570\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 19\u003c\/strong\u003e Understanding Wireless Roaming and Location Services 572\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 572\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 574\u003cbr\u003e Roaming Overview 574\u003cbr\u003e Roaming Between Autonomous APs 574\u003cbr\u003e Intracontroller Roaming 577\u003cbr\u003e Intercontroller Roaming 579\u003cbr\u003e Layer 2 Roaming 579\u003cbr\u003e Layer 3 Roaming 581\u003cbr\u003e Scaling Mobility with Mobility Groups 583\u003cbr\u003e Locating Devices in a Wireless Network 584\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 587\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 20\u003c\/strong\u003e Authenticating Wireless Clients 590\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 590\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 592\u003cbr\u003e Open Authentication 593\u003cbr\u003e Authenticating with Pre-Shared Key 595\u003cbr\u003e Authenticating with EAP 597\u003cbr\u003e Configuring EAP-Based Authentication with External RADIUS Servers 600\u003cbr\u003e Verifying EAP-Based Authentication Configuration 602\u003cbr\u003e Authenticating with WebAuth 603\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 606\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 21\u003c\/strong\u003e Troubleshooting Wireless Connectivity 608\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 608\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 610\u003cbr\u003e Troubleshooting Client Connectivity from the WLC 611\u003cbr\u003e Checking the Client's Association and Signal Status 613\u003cbr\u003e Checking the Client Properties 614\u003cbr\u003e Checking the AP Properties 614\u003cbr\u003e Checking the Client Security 615\u003cbr\u003e Troubleshooting the Client 615\u003cbr\u003e Troubleshooting Connectivity Problems at the AP 617\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 620\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePart VII Architecture\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 22\u003c\/strong\u003e Enterprise Network Architecture 622\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 622\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 624\u003cbr\u003e Hierarchical LAN Design Model 624\u003cbr\u003e Access Layer 625\u003cbr\u003e Distribution Layer 627\u003cbr\u003e Core Layer 628\u003cbr\u003e High Availability Network Design 629\u003cbr\u003e High Availability Technologies 630\u003cbr\u003e Enterprise Network Architecture Options 632\u003cbr\u003e Two-Tier Design (Collapsed Core) 632\u003cbr\u003e Three-Tier Design 634\u003cbr\u003e Layer 2 Access Layer (STP Based) 634\u003cbr\u003e Layer 3 Access Layer (Routed Access) 636\u003cbr\u003e Simplified Campus Design 637\u003cbr\u003e Software-Defined Access (SD-Access) Design 640\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 640\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 23\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabric Technologies 642\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 643\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 645\u003cbr\u003e Software-Defined Access (SD-Access) 645\u003cbr\u003e What Is SD-Access? 646\u003cbr\u003e SD-Access Architecture 646\u003cbr\u003e Physical Layer 647\u003cbr\u003e Controller Layer 656\u003cbr\u003e Management Layer 657\u003cbr\u003e Software-Defined WAN (SD-WAN) 661\u003cbr\u003e Cisco SD-WAN Architecture 661\u003cbr\u003e vBond Orchestrator 662\u003cbr\u003e vManage NMS 663\u003cbr\u003e vSmart Controller 663\u003cbr\u003e Cisco SD-WAN Edge Devices 663\u003cbr\u003e vAnalytics 664\u003cbr\u003e Cisco SD-WAN Cloud OnRamp 664\u003cbr\u003e SD-WAN Policy 665\u003cbr\u003e Application-Aware Routing 665\u003cbr\u003e Cloud OnRamp for SaaS 666\u003cbr\u003e Cloud OnRamp for IaaS 668\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 669\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 24\u003c\/strong\u003e Network Assurance 672\u003cbr\u003e Do I Know This Already? 672\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 674\u003cbr\u003e Network Diagnostic Tools 675\u003cbr\u003e ping 675\u003cbr\u003e traceroute 680\u003cbr\u003e Debugging 685\u003cbr\u003e Conditional Debugging 692\u003cbr\u003e Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) 695\u003cbr\u003e syslog 701\u003cbr\u003e NetFlow and Flexible NetFlow 706\u003cbr\u003e Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) Technologies 716\u003cbr\u003e Local SPAN 717\u003cbr\u003e Specifying the Source Ports 717\u003cbr\u003e Remote SPAN (RSPAN) 720\u003cbr\u003e Encapsulated Remote SPAN (ERSPAN) 722\u003cbr\u003e IP SLA 724\u003cbr\u003e Cisco DNA Center Assurance 728\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 734\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePart VIII Security\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 25\u003c\/strong\u003e Secure Network Access Control 736\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 736\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 738\u003cbr\u003e Network Security Design for Threat Defense 738\u003cbr\u003e Next-Generation Endpoint Security 741\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Talos 741\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Secure Malware Analytics (Threat Grid) 742\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Advanced Malware Protection (AMP) 742\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Secure Client (AnyConnect) 744\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Umbrella 744\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Secure Web Appliance (WSA) 746\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Secure Email (ESA) 748\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Secure IPS (FirePOWER NGIPS) 749\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Secure Firewall (NGFW) 751\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Secure Firewall Management Center (FMC) 753\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Secure Network Analytics (Stealthwatch Enterprise) 753\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Secure Cloud Analytics (Stealthwatch Cloud) 755\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Identity Services Engine (ISE) 756\u003cbr\u003e Network Access Control (NAC) 758\u003cbr\u003e 802.1x 758\u003cbr\u003e MAC Authentication Bypass (MAB) 762\u003cbr\u003e Web Authentication (WebAuth) 764\u003cbr\u003e Enhanced Flexible Authentication (FlexAuth) 766\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Identity-Based Networking Services (IBNS) 2.0 766\u003cbr\u003e Cisco TrustSec 766\u003cbr\u003e MACsec 772\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 774\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 26\u003c\/strong\u003e Network Device Access Control and Infrastructure Security 778\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 778\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 781\u003cbr\u003e Access Control Lists (ACLs) 781\u003cbr\u003e Numbered Standard ACLs 782\u003cbr\u003e Numbered Extended ACLs 783\u003cbr\u003e Named ACLs 784\u003cbr\u003e Port ACLs (PACLs) and VLAN ACLs (VACLs) 785\u003cbr\u003e PACL, VACL, and RACL Interaction 787\u003cbr\u003e Terminal Lines and Password Protection 788\u003cbr\u003e Password Types 789\u003cbr\u003e Password Encryption 789\u003cbr\u003e Username and Password Authentication 790\u003cbr\u003e Configuring Line Local Password Authentication 790\u003cbr\u003e Verifying Line Local Password Authentication 791\u003cbr\u003e Configuring Line Local Username and Password Authentication 792\u003cbr\u003e Verifying Line Local Username and Password Authentication 792\u003cbr\u003e Privilege Levels and Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) 793\u003cbr\u003e Verifying Privilege Levels 794\u003cbr\u003e Controlling Access to vty Lines with ACLs 796\u003cbr\u003e Verifying Access to vty Lines with ACLs 796\u003cbr\u003e Controlling Access to vty Lines Using Transport Input 797\u003cbr\u003e Verifying Access to vty Lines Using Transport Input 798\u003cbr\u003e Enabling SSH vty Access 800\u003cbr\u003e Auxiliary Port 802\u003cbr\u003e EXEC Timeout 802\u003cbr\u003e Absolute Timeout 802\u003cbr\u003e Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting (AAA) 803\u003cbr\u003e TACACS+ 803\u003cbr\u003e RADIUS 804\u003cbr\u003e Configuring AAA for Network Device Access Control 805\u003cbr\u003e Verifying AAA Configuration 809\u003cbr\u003e Zone-Based Firewall (ZBFW) 809\u003cbr\u003e The Self Zone 810\u003cbr\u003e The Default Zone 810\u003cbr\u003e ZBFW Configuration 811\u003cbr\u003e Verifying ZBFW 816\u003cbr\u003e Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 817\u003cbr\u003e Configuring ACLs for CoPP 817\u003cbr\u003e Configuring Class Maps for CoPP 818\u003cbr\u003e Configuring the Policy Map for CoPP 819\u003cbr\u003e Applying the CoPP Policy Map 819\u003cbr\u003e Verifying the CoPP Policy 820\u003cbr\u003e Device Hardening 822\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 823\u003cbr\u003e Use the Command Reference to Check Your Memory 824\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePart IX SDN\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 27\u003c\/strong\u003e Virtualization 826\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 826\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 828\u003cbr\u003e Server Virtualization 828\u003cbr\u003e Virtual Machines 828\u003cbr\u003e Containers 830\u003cbr\u003e Virtual Switching 831\u003cbr\u003e Network Functions Virtualization 833\u003cbr\u003e NFV Infrastructure 834\u003cbr\u003e Virtual Network Functions 834\u003cbr\u003e Virtualized Infrastructure Manager 834\u003cbr\u003e Element Managers 835\u003cbr\u003e Management and Orchestration 836\u003cbr\u003e Operations Support System (OSS)\/Business Support System (BSS) 836\u003cbr\u003e VNF Performance 836\u003cbr\u003e Cisco Enterprise Network Functions Virtualization (ENFV) 842\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 847\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 28\u003c\/strong\u003e Foundational Network Programmability Concepts 850\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 850\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 854\u003cbr\u003e Command-Line Interface 854\u003cbr\u003e Application Programming Interface 855\u003cbr\u003e Northbound API 855\u003cbr\u003e Southbound API 856\u003cbr\u003e Representational State Transfer (REST) APIs 856\u003cbr\u003e API Tools and Resources 857\u003cbr\u003e Introduction to Postman 857\u003cbr\u003e Data Formats (XML and JSON) 860\u003cbr\u003e Cisco DNA Center APIs 862\u003cbr\u003e Cisco vManage APIs 867\u003cbr\u003e Data Models and Supporting Protocols 870\u003cbr\u003e YANG Data Models 870\u003cbr\u003e Cisco DevNet 877\u003cbr\u003e Documentation 878\u003cbr\u003e Learn 878\u003cbr\u003e Technologies 878\u003cbr\u003e Community 879\u003cbr\u003e Events 879\u003cbr\u003e GitHub 880\u003cbr\u003e Basic Python Components and Scripts 882\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 889\u003cbr\u003e References in This Chapter 890\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 29\u003c\/strong\u003e Introduction to Automation Tools 892\u003cbr\u003e “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 892\u003cbr\u003e Foundation Topics 894\u003cbr\u003e Embedded Event Manager 894\u003cbr\u003e EEM Applets 895\u003cbr\u003e EEM and Tcl Scripts 899\u003cbr\u003e EEM Summary 901\u003cbr\u003e Agent-Based Automation Tools 902\u003cbr\u003e Puppet 902\u003cbr\u003e Chef 904\u003cbr\u003e SaltStack (Agent and Server Mode) 909\u003cbr\u003e Agentless Automation Tools 912\u003cbr\u003e Ansible 912\u003cbr\u003e Puppet Bolt 922\u003cbr\u003e SaltStack SSH (Server-Only Mode) 923\u003cbr\u003e Comparing Tools 924\u003cbr\u003e Exam Preparation Tasks 925\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 30\u003c\/strong\u003e Final Preparation 926\u003cbr\u003e Getting Ready 926\u003cbr\u003e Tools for Final Preparation 927\u003cbr\u003e Pearson Test Prep Practice Test Software and Questions on the Website 927\u003cbr\u003e Customizing Your Exams 928\u003cbr\u003e Updating Your Exams 929\u003cbr\u003e Premium Edition 929\u003cbr\u003e Chapter-Ending Review Tools 930\u003cbr\u003e Suggested Plan for Final Review\/Study 930\u003cbr\u003e Summary 930\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eChapter 31\u003c\/strong\u003e ENCOR 350-401 Exam Updates 932\u003cbr\u003e The Purpose of This Chapter 932\u003cbr\u003e About Possible Exam Updates 932\u003cbr\u003e Impact on You and Your Study Plan 933\u003cbr\u003e News About the Next Exam Release 934\u003cbr\u003e Updated Technical Content 934\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAppendix A\u003c\/strong\u003e Answers to the “Do I Know This Already?” Questions 936\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eGlossary\u003c\/strong\u003e 956\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOnline Elements\u003cbr\u003e Appendix B\u003c\/strong\u003e Memory Tables\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAppendix C\u003c\/strong\u003e Memory Tables Answer Key\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAppendix D\u003c\/strong\u003e Study Planner\u003cbr\u003e Glossary\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9780138216764 TOC 8\/17\/2023\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48883801489751,"sku":"9780138216764","price":46.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780138216764.jpg?v=1722529103"},{"product_id":"ccnp-enterprise-wireless-design-enwlsd-300425-and-implementation-enwlsi-300430-official-cert-guide-9780138249892","title":"CCNP Enterprise Wireless Design ENWLSD 300425 and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJerome Henry, CCIE No. 24750, \u003c\/strong\u003eis a Distinguished Engineer in the Office of the Wireless CTO at Cisco Systems. Jerome has more than 20 years' experience teaching technical Cisco courses, in more than 15 countries and four languages, to audiences ranging from bachelor's degree students to networking professionals and Cisco internal system engineers. Focusing on his wireless and networking experience, Jerome joined Cisco in 2012. Before that time, he was consulting and teaching about heterogeneous networks and wireless integration with the European Airespace team, which was later acquired by Cisco to become its main wireless solution. He then spent several years with a Cisco Learning Partner, developing networking courses and working on training materials for emerging technologies.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eJerome is a certified wireless networking expert (CWNE No. 45), has developed multiple Cisco courses, and has authored several books and video courses on wireless techno\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e    Introduction xxvi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart I Wireless Design (ENWLSD) 3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 1 Wireless Design Requirements 4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Following a Design Process 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Evaluating Customer Requirements 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Evaluating Client Requirements 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Choosing AP Types 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Evaluating Security Requirements 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    AP Deployment Models 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 2 Conducting an Offsite Site Survey 24\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    The Effect of Material Attenuation on Wireless Design 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Common Deployment Models for Different Industries 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Designing with Regulations in Mind 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Choosing the Right Survey Type 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    A Survey of Wireless Planning Tools 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Conducting a Predictive Site Survey 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    References 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 3 Conducting an Onsite Site Survey 46\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Performing a Walkthrough Survey 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Performing a Layer 1 Survey 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Performing a Layer 2 Survey 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Performing a Post-Deployment Onsite Survey 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    References 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Term 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 4 Physical and Logical Infrastructure Requirements 70\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Physical Infrastructure Requirements 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Logical Infrastructure Requirements 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    References 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 5 Applying Wireless Design Requirements 88\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Defining AP Coverage 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Expanding Coverage with Additional APs 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Designing a Wireless Network for Data 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Designing a Wireless Network for High Density 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Designing a Wireless Network for Voice and Video 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Designing a Wireless Network for Location 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 6 Designing Radio Management 114\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Understanding RRM 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Localizing RRM with RF Profiles 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Optimizing AP Cell Sensitivity with RxSOP 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 7 Designing Wireless Mesh Networks 140\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Mesh Network Architecture and Components 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Site Preparation and Planning 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Mesh Convergence and Traffic Flows 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Cisco Wi-Fi Mesh Configuration 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Daisy-Chaining Wireless Mesh Links 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Workgroup Bridges 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    References 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 8 Designing for Client Mobility 172\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Roaming Review 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Organizing Roaming Behavior with Mobility Groups 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Optimizing AP Selection for Client Roaming 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Optimizing Security Processes for Roaming 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 9 Designing High Availability 196\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Making Controller Connectivity More Resilient 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Designing High Availability for APs 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Designing High Availability for Controllers 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePart II Wireless Implementation (ENWLSI) 213\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 10 Implementing FlexConnect 214\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Remote Office Wireless Deployment Modes 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    FlexConnect Overview and Requirements 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing FlexConnect with AireOS 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    FlexConnect High Availability and Resiliency 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    FlexConnect ACLs 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    FlexConnect Smart AP Image Upgrades 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing FlexConnect with IOS XE Controllers 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    A Summary of FlexConnect Best Practice Recommendations 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Office Extend 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    ME and EWC 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    References 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 11 Implementing Quality of Service on a Wireless Network 254\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    An Overview of Wireless QoS Principles 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing QoS Policies on Wireless Controllers 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing QoS for Wireless Clients 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing Application Visibility and Control 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    References 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 12 Implementing Multicast 292\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Multicast Overview 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing mDNS 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing Multicast Direct 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    References 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 13 Location Services Deployment 318\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Indoor Location 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Deploying Location Services 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Tracking Clients, RFID Tags, Rogues, and Interferers 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Customizing Location Services 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    References 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 14 Advanced Location Services Implementation 346\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    CMX and Cisco Spaces Services and Licenses 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing Analytics 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing Guest Portals 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing aWIPS on Catalyst Center 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Ensuring Location Operational Efficiency 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    References 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 15 Security for Wireless Client Connectivity 384\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing 802.1X and AAA on Wireless Architectures 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing Client Profiling 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing BYOD and Guest 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    References 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 16 Monitoring and Troubleshooting WLAN Components 424\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Using Reports on Cisco Prime Infrastructure and Catalyst Center 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Managing Alarms on Cisco Prime Infrastructure and Catalyst Center 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Troubleshooting Client Connectivity 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Troubleshooting and Managing RF Interferences 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    References 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 17 Device Hardening 462\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    “Do I Know This Already?” Quiz 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Foundation Topics 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing Device Access Controls 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing Access Point Authentication 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Implementing CPU ACLs on the Wireless Controller 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    References 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Exam Preparation Tasks 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Review All Key Topics 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Define Key Terms 487\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 18 Final Preparation 488\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Getting Ready 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Tools for Final Preparation 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Suggested Plan for Final Review\/Study 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Summary 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChapter 19 ENWLSD 300-425 and ENWLSI 300-430 Exam Updates 494\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    The Purpose of This Chapter 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    News About the Next Exam Release 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e    Updated Technical Content 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix A Wi-Fi 6 (802.11ax) 498\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix B Software-Defined Access with Wireless 508\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix C RRM TPC Algorithm Example 518\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix D Answers to the “Do I Know This Already?” Quizzes and Review\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestions 532\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlossary 545\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppendix E Study Planner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9780138249892, TOC, 12\/4\/2023\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48883801686359,"sku":"9780138249892","price":53.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780138249892.jpg?v=1722529105"},{"product_id":"vsphere-6-foundations-exam-official-cert-guide-exam-2v0620-9780789756497","title":"vSphere 6 Foundations Exam Official Cert Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c!--[if gte mso 9]\u003e\u003cxml\u003e \u003c\/xml\u003e\u003c![endif]--\u003e    \u003cp style=\"margin:0px;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eBill Ferguson\u003c\/b\u003e, VCI 3, 4, 5, 6; VCP6-DCV, VCP6-NV; CCSI; and MCT Alumni has been in the computer industry for more than 20 years. Originally in technical sales and IT consulting with Sprint, he made his transition to Certified Technical Trainer in 1997 with ExecuTrain. He now runs his own company, Parallel Connections, as an independent contractor and consultant based in Birmingham, Alabama, working worldwide for most of the national training companies and some regional training companies. In addition, he has written and produced many technical training videos and books. Bill's aspiration is as follows: My job is to understand the material so well that I can make it easier for others to learn than it was for me to learn. Toward that end, I strive to provide an effective learning environment whether in person, in print, or online.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c!--[if gte mso 9]\u003e\u003cxml\u003e Normal 0 false false false EN-US X-NONE X-NONE \u003c\/xml\u003e\u003c![endif]--\u003e \u003c!--[if gte mso 9]\u003e\u003cxml\u003e \u003c\/xml\u003e\u003c![endif]--\u003e \u003c!--[if gte mso 10]\u003e \u003c![endif]--\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48884631699799,"sku":"9780789756497","price":33.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780789756497.jpg?v=1722532801"},{"product_id":"comptia-security-sy0501-exam-cram-9780789759009","title":"CompTIA Security SY0501 Exam Cram","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp style=\"MARGIN:\"\u003eCompTIA''s Security+ is the #1 international vendor-neutral baseline security certification. In 2017, CompTIA is releasing a thoroughly revised certification exam. \u003cb\u003eCompTIA Security+ Exam Cram, Fifth Edition \u003c\/b\u003ehas been thoroughly updated to prepare candidates for the new exam, using the proven Exam Cram method of study.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp style=\"MARGIN:\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp style=\"MARGIN:\"\u003eAs with all Exam Cram books, it includes:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e  \u003cli\u003e   \u003cdiv style=\"MARGIN:\"\u003e    Chapters that map directly to the exam objectives   \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003cli\u003e   \u003cdiv style=\"MARGIN:\"\u003e    Comprehensive foundational learning on all topics covered on the exam   \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003cli\u003e   \u003cdiv style=\"MARGIN:\"\u003e    An extensive collection of practice questions   \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003cli\u003e   \u003cdiv style=\"MARGIN:\"\u003e    Access to the Pearson Test Prep practice test software that provides real-time practice and feedback, online or offline   \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003cli\u003e   \u003cdiv style=\"MARGIN:\"\u003e    The Cram Sheet tear-out card\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education (US)","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48884632060247,"sku":"9780789759009","price":26.13,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780789759009.jpg?v=1722532804"},{"product_id":"oca-java-se-8-programmer-i-study-guide-exam-1z0808-9781259587511","title":"OCA Java SE 8 Programmer I Study Guide Exam","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch4\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:12.0pt;line-height:107%;font-family:\" times new roman\u003ePublisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, \u003cspan style=\"white-space:pre\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eauthenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product.\u003co:p\u003e\u003c\/o:p\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003ch4\u003eThe official study guide for the entry-level Oracle Certified Associate exam for Java Programmersâfully updated for Java SE 8\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfidently prepare for the OCA Java SE 8 Programmer I exam with this thoroughly revised, up-to-date guide from Oracle Press. Featuring step-by-step exercises, comprehensive chapter self-tests, and a CD-ROM containing two complete practice exams, this volume provides an integrated, easy-to-follow study system based on a proven methodology.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eOCA Java SE 8 Programmer I Study Guide (Exam 1Z0-808)\u003c\/i\u003e offers the most complete and in-depth coverage of all of the exam objectives, an\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1:\u003c\/b\u003e Packaging, Compiling, and Interpreting Java Code\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2:\u003c\/b\u003e Programming with Java Statements\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3:\u003c\/b\u003e Programming with Java Operators and Strings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4:\u003c\/b\u003e Working with Basic Classes and Variables\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5:\u003c\/b\u003e Understanding Methods and Variable Scope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6:\u003c\/b\u003e Programming with Arrays\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7:\u003c\/b\u003e Understanding Class Inheritance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8:\u003c\/b\u003e Understanding Polymorphism and Casts\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9:\u003c\/b\u003e Handling Exceptions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10:\u003c\/b\u003e Programming with the Date and Time API\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11:\u003c\/b\u003e Understanding Lambda Expressions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendices\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A:\u003c\/b\u003e Class Relationships\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix B:\u003c\/b\u003e Java SE 8 Packages\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix C:\u003c\/b\u003e Java Keywords\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix D:\u003c\/b\u003e Bracket Conventions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix E:\u003c\/b\u003e Unicode Standard\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix F:\u003c\/b\u003e Pseudo-code Algorithms\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix G:\u003c\/b\u003e Unified Modeling Language\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix H:\u003c\/b\u003e Functional Interfaces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix I:\u003c\/b\u003e About the CD\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eGlossary\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48885301510487,"sku":"9781259587511","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"mike-meyers-comptia-security-certification-guide-third-edition-exam-sy0601-9781260473698","title":"Mike Meyers CompTIA Security Certification Guide","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAn up-to-date CompTIA Security+ exam guide from training and exam preparation guru Mike Meyers\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn \u003ci\u003eMike Meyersâ CompTIA Security+â Certification Guide, Third Edition (Exam SY0-601)\u003c\/i\u003e, the leading expert on CompTIA certification and training brings his highly effective methodology to IT security. Within each chapter, modules drill down on specific exam objectives, providing a clear learning path. All official exam objectives are covered, and chapter-ending practice exam questions reinforce the concepts presented. This practical resource goes beyond knowledge application and teaches you the skills you need to anticipate security risks and guard against them.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCovers all the exam topics, including:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRisk management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCryptography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentication and authorization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHost, LAN, and application security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWireless, cloud, and mobile security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnvironmental security and controls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003eOnline content incl\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRisk Management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCryptography\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentity and Access Management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTools of the Trade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecuring Individual Systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecuring Wired LANs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecuring Wireless LANS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecuring Public Servers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmbedded and Mobile Devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical Security\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure Protocols and Applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting Infrastructure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDealing with Incidents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48885311897943,"sku":"9781260473698","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"mike-meyers-comptia-a-core-1-certification-passport-exam-2201101-9781264605651","title":"Mike Meyers CompTIA A Core 1 Certification","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAccelerated review of the 2022 version of the A+ Core 1 exam from CompTIA\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGet on the fast track to becoming CompTIA A+ certified with this affordable, portable study tool. Inside, certification training gurus Mike Meyers and Ron Gilster guide you on your exam preparation path, providing expert tips and sound advice along the way. With an intensive focus on only what you need to know to pass the CompTIA A+ 220-1101 exam, this certification passport is your ticket to success on exam day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInside:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-reference tables and illustrated laptop teardown enhance coverage of mobile devices (Exam 1101, Domain 1.0)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-reference tables help you master hardware troubleshooting (Exam 1101, Domain 5.0)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractice questions and content review after each objective prepare you for exam mastery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnhanced coverage of network laptop teardown, desktop hardware, and hardware and software troubleshooting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnhanced coverage of Windows 10\/11, macO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48885320515927,"sku":"9781264605651","price":19.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781264605651.jpg?v=1722535894"}],"url":"https:\/\/bookcurl.com\/collections\/computer-certification.oembed?page=4","provider":"Book Curl","version":"1.0","type":"link"}